C331 / C531

Maintenance Manual
060113A

Copyright Information
Copyright 2013 by Oki Data. All Rights Reserved
Disclaimer
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this document is complete, accurate, and up-todate. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for the results of errors beyond its control. The
manufacturer also cannot guarantee that changes in software and equipment made by other manufacturers and
referred to in this guide will not affect the applicability of the information in it. Mention of software products
manufactured by other companies does not necessarily constitute endorsement by the manufacturer.
While all reasonable efforts have been made to make this document as accurate and helpful as possible, we
make no warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of the information
contained herein.
The most up-to-date drivers and manuals are available from the web site:
http://www.okiprintingsolutions.com

Document Revision History

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Document Revision History
Changed items

Rev.
No.

Rev.
No.

Date

2012-04-26

Issue

NME13
H. Enomoto

2012-06-29

Addition of EDT series

NME13
H. Enomoto

44951501TH Rev.2

No.

Page

Description of change

Person in charge

Date

Changed items
No.

Page

Description of change

Person in charge

ii /

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

PREFACE

PREFACE
This manual explains the maintenance methods for the C301dn, C321dn, C331dn, C511dn
and C531dn printers.
The manual has been prepared for use by the maintenance personnel. For how to operate
the C301dn/C321dn/C331dn/C511dn and C531dn printers, refer to the corresponding users
manual.
These printer names may be given as follows in this manual.

C301dn

C301

C321dn

C321

C331dn

C331

C511dn

C511

C531dn

C531

Note! The contents of this manual are subject to changes without prior notice.

Despite that exhaustive efforts were made in preparing the manual to make
it accurate, it still may contain errors. Oki Data will not hold itself liable
for any damage that results or is claimed to have resulted from repairs,
adjustment, or modifications of the printers conducted by the users using
this manual.

The parts employed in the C301dn, C321dn, C331dn, C511dn, and C531dn
printers are so delicate that they may be damaged if not treated properly.
Oki Data Corporation highly recommends that the maintenance of the
printers is undertaken by ODC's registered maintenance personnel.

Work after eliminating static electricity.

44951501TH Rev.2

iii /

CONTENTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

CONTENTS
1. CONFIGURATION...................................................................1-1

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS....................................................4-1

1.1 System configuration ..........................................................................................1-2

4.1 Notes on replacement of parts.............................................................................4-2

1.2 Printer configuration ............................................................................................1-3

4.2 Part replacement procedure................................................................................4-4

1.3 Optional items .....................................................................................................1-4

4.2.1 Belt unit..........................................................................................................4-4

1.4 Specifications ......................................................................................................1-5

4.2.2 Fuser unit.......................................................................................................4-5

1.5 Interface specifications .......................................................................................1-9

4.2.3 Left side cover...............................................................................................4-5

1.5.1 USB interface specifications .........................................................................1-9

4.2.4 Right side cover.............................................................................................4-6

1.5.1.1 USB interface overview..........................................................................1-9

4.2.5 Face-up tray...................................................................................................4-6

1.5.1.2 USB interface connector and cable .......................................................1-9

4.2.6 Rear cover.....................................................................................................4-7

1.5.1.3 USB interface signals ............................................................................1-9

4.2.7 LED assembly. and LED assembly springs...................................................4-7

1.5.2 Network interface specifications .................................................................1-10

4.2.8 Image drum fan and ZHJ board.....................................................................4-8

1.5.2.1 Network interface overview..................................................................1-10

4.2.9 CU/PU PCB and low-voltage power supply...................................................4-8

1.5.2.2 Network interface connector and cable................................................1-10

4.2.10 Top cover assembly...................................................................................4-10

1.5.2.3 Network interface signals ....................................................................1-10

4.2.11 Top cover and LED head cable assembly..................................................4-10

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION............................................2-1
2.1 Electrophotographic process mechanism ...........................................................2-2
2.2 Printing process...................................................................................................2-6

3.INSTALLATION.........................................................................3-1
3.1 Cautions, and dos and donts..............................................................................3-2
3.2 Unpacking procedure ..........................................................................................3-3
3.3. Printer installation instructions ...........................................................................3-4
3.4 List of components and accessories ...................................................................3-5
3.5 Assembly procedure ...........................................................................................3-6
3.5.1 Assembly of the printer main unit .................................................................3-6
3.5.2 Connection of the power cable ...................................................................3-10

4.2.12 Operator panel assembly..........................................................................4-11

4.2.13 Board IBB and LCD...................................................................................4-11
4.2.14 MPT assembly...........................................................................................4-12
4.2.15 Front fan, hopping motor, rear fan, image drum motor and
cover-open switch......................................................................................4-13
4.2.16 High-voltage power supply board..............................................................4-14
4.2.17 Guide-ejection assembly, fuser connector assembly and
color-registration assembly.......................................................................4-15
4.2.18 Frame-MPT assembly and feeder assembly............................................4-16
4.2.19 Side-L assembly, side-R assembly and base assembly ......................4-17
4.2.20 Feed rollers................................................................................................4-18
4.3 Locations to lubricate.........................................................................................4-19

3.5.3 Installation and recognition confirmation of an option ................................3-12

3.6 Printing of MenuMap .........................................................................................3-21
3.7 Connection methods..........................................................................................3-22
3.8 Checking of paper used by the user..................................................................3-24

44951501TH Rev.2

iv /

CONTENTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS.........................................................5-1

7.5.4.2.1 Check the OS (Operating System)...............................................7-67

5.1 System Maintenance menu (for maintenance personnel)....................................5-2

7.5.4.2.2 Has a printer been created?.........................................................7-67

5.2 Maintenance Utility...............................................................................................5-4

5.3 User maintenance menu functions......................................................................5-6
5.3.1 Maintenance menu (for end-users)................................................................5-6
5.3.2 Self-diagnostic mode.....................................................................................5-7
5.3.3 Various types of printing on stand-alone basis............................................5-24
5.3.4 Button functions at power-on.......................................................................5-25
5.4 Setup after part replacement.............................................................................5-26
5.4.1 Notes on CU/PU board replacement...........................................................5-26
5.5 Manual density adjustment operation................................................................5-28

7.5.4.2.3 Is the IPP setting set to Enable?..................................................7-67

7.5.4.3 A certificate cannot be created. (for C321/C331/C531).......................7-67
7.5.4.3.1 Not all the required entry fields are filled in..................................7-67
7.5.4.3.2 The printer is printing....................................................................7-68
7.5.4.4 A certificate cannot be installed. (for C321/C331/C531)..................7-68
7.5.4.4.1 The printer IP address has been changed. ..................................7-68
7.5.4.4.2 The network card has been initialized. .........................................7-68
7.5.4.4.3 A CSR has been deleted..............................................................7-68
7.5.4.4.4 Install an intermediate Certificate. ...............................................7-69

5.6 Printer ADMIN MENU........................................................................................5-29

7.5.4.5 Other questions (for C321/C331/C531) ..............................................7-70

6. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE....................................................6-1

7.5.4.5.2 Communication time when the encryption function is enabled.....7-70

7.5.4.5.1 Time required for creation of a certificate.....................................7-70

6.1 Cleaning...............................................................................................................6-2

7.5.4.5.3 Can encrypted printing be performed without IPP?......................7-70

6.2 LED lens array cleaning.......................................................................................6-3

7.5.4.5.4 What will happen if SSL/TLS is set to OFF after a certificate is

6.3 Pick-up roller cleaning..........................................................................................6-5

created (or installed)?...................................................................7-70

6.4 Pinter internal cleaning........................................................................................6-6

7.5.4.5.5 How to change the port number...................................................7-70

7.TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................7-1
7.1 Before troubleshooting.........................................................................................7-2
7.2 Points to check before dealing with image troubles.............................................7-2
7.3 Precautions for dealing with image troubles........................................................7-2

7.5.4.5.6 The error message The security certificate was issued by a

company you have not chosen to trust. View the certificate to
determine whether you want to trust the certifying authority is
displayed.......................................................................................7-70
7.5.4.5.7 The error message Name of security certificate is invalid or does

7.4 Preparation for troubleshooting............................................................................7-2

not match the site name is displayed...........................................7-71

7.5 Troubleshooting procedure...................................................................................7-3

7.5.4.6 Restrictions when using Internet Explore 7 (for C321/C331/C531) .. 7-72

7.5.1 LCD messages list.........................................................................................7-3

7.5.2 Preparation for troubleshooting...................................................................7-24

7.5.4.6.1 Warning indication when SSL is enabled for self-signed

certificates....................................................................................7-72

7.5.3 Troubleshooting of image problems ............................................................7-57

7.6 Fuse check.........................................................................................................7-73

7.5.4 Network troubleshooting .............................................................................7-64

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS ...................................................8-1

7.5.4.1 Connection errors occur by use of a Web browser

(for C321/C331/C531) .....................................................................7-64
7.5.4.1.1 Has a certificate been created?....................................................7-65
7.5.4.1.2 Is the SSL/TLS setting set to ON?................................................7-65
7.5.4.1.3 Check the version number of the Web browser............................7-66
7.5.4.2 Print operation is not possible (for C321/C331/C531) .........................7-67

44951501TH Rev.2

8.1 Resistance value checking ..................................................................................8-2

8.2 Layout of parts ....................................................................................................8-5
8.3 Firmware revision numbers ...............................................................................8-19
8.3.1 ROM control numbers.................................................................................8-19
8.3.2 Checking and indication of the revision number .........................................8-20
8.3.3 Stamp of maintenance board indication .....................................................8-20

v/

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1. CONFIGURATION
1.1 System configuration ....................................................................1-2
1.2 Printer configuration .....................................................................1-3
1.3 Optional items ...............................................................................1-4
1.4 Specifications ...............................................................................1-5
1.5 Interface specifications .................................................................1-9

1. CONFIGURATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.1 System configuration

Figure 1-1 show the system configurations of the C301dn,
C321dn, C331dn, C511dn and C531dn printers.

Figure 1-1 System Configuration Diagram

44951501TH Rev.2

1-2 /

1. CONFIGURATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.2 Printer configuration

The internal part of the C301dn, C321dn, C331dn, C511dn, and C531dn printers consists of
the following sections:
Electrophotographic processing section
Paper paths
Controllers (CU/PU)
Operator panel
Power supplies (high-voltage power supply/low-voltage power supply)
Figure 1-2 shows the configuration of the printers.

Figure 1-2
44951501TH Rev.2

1-3 /

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1. CONFIGURATION

1.3 Optional items

The following optional items are available for the C331dn, C511dn, and C531dn printers:
(1) Optional tray (2nd Tray)
(except C301 and C321)

(2) Additional memory (application to C321, C331 and C531)

(3) SD memory card (C531 only)

(authentication printing, encrypted secure printing)

44951501TH Rev.2

1-4 /

1. CONFIGURATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.4 Specifications
C531dn

C511dn

C331dn

Printing
system

Xerographic method using LEDs (light emitting diodes) as light sources

Resolution

600 dots/inch (LED head)

600 600 dpi/600 1200 dpi/600 600 dpi 2 bits (print resolution)

Print color

Four colors of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black

CPU

Power PC

RAM
capacity

256 MB
(Max. 756 MB)

64 MB

Supported
OSes

Windows 7/ Windows
Vista/ Windows Server
2008/ Windows XP/
Windows Server 2003
Mac OS X 10.3.9 to
10.7
See the system
requirements for further
information.

Windows 7/ Windows Vista/ Windows Server 2008/

Windows XP/ Windows Server 2003
Mac OS X 10.3.9 to 10.7
See the system requirements for further
information.

Print
languages

PostScript3 emulation
PCL5c/PCL XL
emulation

Hiper-C

Internal
fonts
Interface

C531dn
Print speed
*1
(at 600
600 dpi or
600 1200
dpi)

128 MB
(Max. 640 MB)

44951501TH Rev.2

Color:
26 pages/minute (A4-size plain paper in copy
mode),
10 pages/minute (postcards and label stocks),
12 pages/minute (177g/m2 [152kg] or more thick
paper),
14 pages/minute (duplex printing on A4 plain
paper)
Monochrome:
30 pages/minute (A4 plain paper in copy mode),
10 pages/minute (postcards and label stocks),
16 pages/minute (duplex printing on A4 plain
paper)

PostScript3 emulation
PCL5c/PCL XL
emulation

USB (supporting Hi-Speed USB), 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T

C511dn

C331dn
Color:
22 pages/minute
(A4-size plain paper in
copy mode),
10 pages/minute
(postcards and label
stocks),
12 pages/minute
(189g/m2 [163kg] or
more thick paper),
12 pages/minute
(duplex printing on A4
plain paper)
Monochrome:
24 pages/minute (A4
plain paper in copy
mode),
10 pages/minute
(postcards and label
stocks),
13 pages/minute
(duplex printing on A4
plain paper)

Paper size
*2

A4, A5, A6, B5, Letter, Legal 13 inch, Legal 13.5 inch, Legal 14 inch, Executive,
16K (184 260 mm), 16K (195 270 mm), 16K (197 273 mm), Custom,
Postcard, Double-postcard, Envelope, Index Card

Paper type
*2

Plain paper (64g/m2 [55kg] to 220g/m2 [151kg]), Postcard, Envelope, Labels

Feed type *2

Automatic feeding by Tray 1

Automatic feeding by or manual feeding from the multi-purpose tray
Automatic feeding by a second tray unit (option)

1-5 /

1. CONFIGURATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

C531dn

C511dn

C331dn

C531dn

C511dn

C331dn

Automatic
feeding by a
second tray
unit (option)
Tray
capacity

Tray1: 250 sheets of 82g/m2 (70kg) plain paper, 25mm or less in total thickness
Multi-purpose tray: 100 sheets of 82g/m2 (70kg) plain paper, 10mm or less in
total thickness, 10 envelopes of 85g/m2 paper
Second tray unit (option): 530 sheets of 82g/m2 (70kg) plain paper, 53 mm or
less in total thickness

Print quality
assured
conditions

30 to 73% RH at 10C, 30 to 54% RH at 32C, 10 to 32C at 30% RH, 10 to

27C at 80% RH, 17 to 27C at 50 to 70% RH in color printing

Standard
operating
conditions

Average poweron hours: 600 hours/month

Average number of printed pages: 6,000 pages/month

Paper
ejection *2

Face-up (ejecting paper with the front side up)/Face-down (ejecting paper
with the back-side up)

Stacker
capacity *3

Face-up: 100 sheets of 82g/m2 (70kg) plain paper

Face-down: 150 sheets of 82g/m2 (70kg) plain paper

Consumables, Toner cartridges, Image Drum units, Belt units, Fuser units
maintenance
units

Assured
print area

Area excluding 6.35mm from paper edges (except special media such as
envelopes)

Print
accuracy

Print start position accuracy: 2mm, Paper skew: 1mm/100mm

Image expansion: 1mm/100mm (in use of 82g/m2 of 70kg paper)

Warm-up
time

In 60 sec. after power on (25C) *4

Within 32 sec. from power saving

Power

AC 220 - 240 V, 50/60Hz 2%

Power
consumption

Operating:
Max. 1170W, Average
540W (25C)
Ready:
Average 90W (25C)
Power save mode:
Less than14W
Sleep mode:Less than
1.5W
Off Mode:Less than
0.5W

Inrush
current

70A or less (25C)

Operating
environment
conditions

Operating: 10 to 32C, 20 to 80% RH (max. wet-bulb temperature: 25C, max.

wet- and dry-bulb temperature difference: 2C)
Non-operating: 0 to 43C, 10 to 90% RH (max. wet-bulb temperature: 26.8C,
max. wet -and dry-bulb temperature difference: 2C)

44951501TH Rev.2

Operating:
Max. 1170W,
Average 540W (25C)
Ready:
Average 80W
(25C)
Power save mode:
Less than 9.5W
Sleep mode:Less than
2.5W
Off Mode:Less than
0.5W

Operating:
Max. 1170W,
Average 480W (25C)
Ready:
Average 90W
(25C)
Power save mode:
Less than 14W
Sleep mode:Less than
1.5W
Off Mode:Less than
0.5W

Printer life

5 years or 420,000 pages (A4)

Total weight
*5

Approx. 22kg

5 years or 300,000
pages (A4)

*1: Print speed varies depending on sizes, types and thickness of paper and paper feed types.
*2: There are limitations on paper feed types and paper ejection types depending on paper
sizes, types and thickness.
*3: The stacker capacities may different from the specifications depending on operating
environment.
*4: The warm-up time may vary depending on network environment etc.
*5: The total weight includes weight of the main unit and consumables. It doesnt include
weight of options and paper.

1-6 /

1. CONFIGURATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

C301dn

C321dn

Printing
system

Xerographic method using LEDs (light emitting

diodes) as light sources

Resolution

600 dots/inch (LED head)

600 600 dpi/600 1200 dpi/600 600 dpi 2
bits (print resolution)

Print color

Four colors of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black

CPU

Power PC

RAM
capacity

64 MB

Supported
OSes

Windows 7/ Windows Vista/ Windows Server 2008/

Windows XP/ Windows Server 2003
Mac OS X 10.3.9 to 10.7
See the system requirements for further
information.

Print
languages

Hiper-C

Internal
fonts

128 MB
(Max. 640 MB)

C301dn

C321dn

Paper size
*2

A4, A5, A6, B5, Letter, Legal 13 inch, Legal 13.5

inch, Legal 14 inch, Executive, 16K (184 260
mm), 16K (195 270 mm), 16K (197 273 mm),
Custom, Postcard, Double-postcard, Envelope,
Index Card

Paper type
*2

Plain paper (64g/m2 [55kg] to 220g/m2 [151kg]),

Postcard, Envelope, Labels

Feed type *2

Automatic feeding by Tray 1

Automatic feeding by or manual feeding from the
multi-purpose tray

PostScript3 emulation
PCL5c/PCL XL
emulation
-

Interface

USB (supporting Hi-Speed USB), 100BASETX/10BASE-T

Print speed
*1
(at 600
600 dpi or
600 1200
dpi)

Color:
20 pages/minute (A4-size plain paper in copy
mode),
10 pages/minute (postcards and label stocks),
12 pages/minute (177g/m2 [152kg] or more thick
paper),
14 pages/minute (duplex printing on A4 plain
paper)
Monochrome:
22 pages/minute (A4 plain paper in copy mode),
10 pages/minute (postcards and label stocks),
16 pages/minute (duplex printing on A4 plain
paper)

44951501TH Rev.2

1-7 /

1. CONFIGURATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

C301dn

C321dn

Automatic
feeding by a
second tray
unit (option)
Tray
capacity

Tray1:
250 sheets of 82g/m2 (70kg) plain paper, 25mm or
less in total thickness
Multi-purpose tray:
100 sheets of 82g/m2 (70kg) plain paper, 10mm or
less in total thickness, 10 envelopes of 85g/m2 paper

Paper
ejection *2

Face-up (ejecting paper with the front side up)/

Face-down (ejecting paper with the back-side up)

Stacker
capacity *3

Face-up:
100 sheets of 82g/m2 (70kg) plain paper
Face-down:
150 sheets of 82g/m2 (70kg) plain paper

C301dn

C321dn

Operating
environment
conditions

Operating: 10 to 32C, 20 to 80% RH (max. wetbulb temperature:

25C, max. wet- and dry-bulb temperature
difference: 2C)
Non-operating: 0 to 43C, 10 to 90% RH (max.
wet-bulb temperature:
26.8C, max. wet -and dry-bulb temperature
difference: 2C)

Print quality
assured
conditions

30 to 73% RH at 10C, 30 to 54% RH at 32C, 10

to 32C at 30% RH, 10 to 27C at 80% RH, 17 to
27C at 50 to 70% RH in color printing

Standard
operating
conditions

Average poweron hours: 600 hours/month

Average number of printed pages: 6,000 pages/
month

Assured
print area

Area excluding 6.35mm from paper edges (except

special media such as envelopes)

Print
accuracy

Print start position accuracy: 2mm,

Paper skew: 1mm/100mm
Image expansion: 1mm/100mm (in use of 82g/m2
of 70kg paper)

Consumables, Toner cartridges, Image Drum units, Belt units,

maintenance
Fuser units
units

Printer life

5 years or 300,000 pages (A4)

Warm-up
time

In 60 sec. after power on (25C) *4

Within 32 sec. from power saving

Total weight
*5

Approx. 22kg

Power

AC 220 - 240 V, 50/60Hz 2%

Power
consumption

Operating:
Max. 1170W,
Average 480W (25C)
Ready:
Average 80W (25C)
Power save mode:
Less than 9.5W
Sleep mode:
Less than 2.5W
Off Mode:
Less than 0.5W

Inrush
current

70A or less (25C)

44951501TH Rev.2

Operating:
Max. 1170W,
Average 480W (25C)
Ready:
Average 90W (25C)
Power save mode:
Less than 14W
Sleep mode:
Less than 1.5W
Off Mode:
Less than 0.5W

*1: Print speed varies depending on sizes, types and thickness of paper and paper feed types.
*2: There are limitations on paper feed types and paper ejection types depending on paper
sizes, types and thickness.
*3: The stacker capacities may different from the specifications depending on operating
environment.
*4: The warm-up time may vary depending on network environment etc.
*5: The total weight includes weight of the main unit and consumables. It doesnt include
weight of options and paper.

1-8 /

1. CONFIGURATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.5 Interface specifications

1.5.1 USB interface specifications

((2) Cable
Length: USB 2.0 cable no more than five meters long
(two meters or less recommended)
(A shielded USB 2.0 cable shall be used.)

1.5.1.1 USB interface overview

(1) Basic specifications
USB (Hi-Speed USB supported)

1.5.1.3 USB interface signals

Signal name

(2) Transmission mode

Full speed (Max. 12 Mbps 0.25%)
High speed (Max. 480 Mbps 0.05%)
(3) Power control
Self-powered device

Function

Vbus

Power (+5V)

D-

For data transmission

D+

For data transmission

GND

Shell

Shield

Signal ground

1.5.1.2 USB interface connector and cable

(1) Connector

Printer side:

B-receptacle (female)
Upstream port
Product equivalent to UBR24-4K5G00 (Made by ACON)
Connector pin arrangement

Cable side: B-plug (male)

44951501TH Rev.2

1-9 /

1. CONFIGURATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.5.2 Network interface specifications

1.5.2.1 Network interface overview

1.5.2.2 Network interface connector and cable

(1) Connector

100BASE-TX/10 BASE-T (automatically switched, not usable simultaneously)

Basic specifications

Connector pin arrangement

Network protocols (*: for C321/C331/C531)

TCP/IP spec.

Network layer
ARP, IP, ICMP, IPv6*, IPSec*
Transport layer
TCP, UDP
Application layer

LPR, Port9100, FTP, HTTP, HTTPS*, IPP, SNMPv1, SNMPv3*,

TELNET, DHCP/BOOTP, DNS, DDNS, WINS, UPnP, Bonjour,
SNTP, SMTP, POP*, Windows Rally (WSD Print, LLTD)
NBT/NetBEUI*:

SMB, NetBIOS, NetBIOS over TCP

(2) Cable

NetWare*:

Remote pr inter mode (maximum eight pr int ser ver s)

Print server mode (maximum eight file servers, 32 queues)
Support of encrypted passwords (in print server mode)

NetWare 6J/5J/4.1J (NDS, bindery)

SNMP

EtherTalk*:
IEEE 802.1X*:

44951501TH Rev.2

Non-shield twisted-pair cable with RJ-45 connector (Category 5 recommended)

1.5.2.3 Network interface signals

Pin No.

Signal name

Direction

Function

ELAP, AARP, DDP, AEP, NBP, ZIP, RTMP, ATP, PAP

TXD+

FROM PRINTER

Transmitting data +

EAP-TLS, PEAP

TXD-

FROM PRINTER

Transmitting data -

RXD+

TO PRINTER

Receiving data +

Not in use

Not in use

RXD-

TO PRINTER

Receiving data -

Not in use

Not in use

1-10 /

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION
2.1 Electrophotographic process mechanism .....................................2-2
2.2 Printing process.............................................................................2-6

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2.1 Electrophotographic process mechanism

(1) Electrophotographic process

(2) Charging

The electrophotographic process is explained briefly below:

1. Charging

A voltage is applied to the charging roller, which is placed in contact with the OPC
drum surface, to charge the OPC drum surface.

A voltage is applied to the CH roller to electrically charge the surface of the

OPC drum.

Charging roller
Power
supply unit

2. Exposure

The LED head radiates light onto the charged OPC drum surface in
accordance with an image signal. The electric charge of the radiated part
of the OPC drum surface attenuates depending on the intensity of the light,
thus forming an electrostatic latent image on the OPC drum surface.

3.

Development

Charged toner adheres to the electrostatic latent image of the OPC drum by
electrostatic power, and forms a visible image on the OPC drum surface.

4.

Transfer

Paper is placed over the OPC drum surface and an electric charge is
applied to it from the backside by the transfer roller, so that the toner image
is transferred to the paper.

5. Fusing

(3) Exposure

The light emitted from the LED head is radiated onto the charged OPC drum
surface. The charge of the radiated part of the OPC drum attenuates according to
the intensity of the light, forming an electrostatic latent image on the OPC drum
surface.
LED head

Heat and pressure are applied to the toner image on the paper to promote
its fusion.
The drum cleaning blade removes toner remaining on the OPC drum after
transfer.

- - -

OPC drum

Charging roller

6. Drum cleaning

--

Power
supply unit

LED head
--

- - -

--

7. Static elimination

Residual potential on the image drum is removed.

8. Belt cleaning

The belt cleaning blade removes toner remaining on the belt.

OPC drum
Paper

44951501TH Rev.2

OPC drum

2-2

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4) Development

(5) Transfer

A sheet of paper is placed over the OPC drum surface, and an electric charge is
given to the paper from its backside by the transfer roller.

When a high voltage is applied to the transfer roller from the power supply unit, the
charge induced on the transfer roller moves on to the surface of the paper through
the contact part between the transfer roller and the paper, and the toner is attracted
to the paper surface from the OPC drum surface.

Toner adheres to an electrostatic latent image on the drum surface, thereby turning
the electrostatic latent image into a toner image.
1. The sponge roller allows the toner to stick to the developing roller.

Charging roller

--

- - -

--

--

- - -

--

OPC drum
-

Sponge roller

Developing roller

OPC drum

Paper

-+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+

2. The electrostatic latent image on the OPC drum surface is turned into a
visible image by the toner.
Transfer roller

-+
-+
-+
-+
-+

Transport belt

Power
supply unit

44951501TH Rev.2

2-3

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(6) Fusing

(7) Drum cleaning

The toner image transferred on the paper is fused on the paper by heat and
pressure when the paper passes through the heat roller and the backup roller unit
(consists of a backup roller, a pat, and a fuse belt).

and collected into the waste toner area of the K toner cartridge.

Waste toner area

The heat roller is heated by 640W and 350W internal halogen lamps, and the
backup roller has no internal halogen lamps and is heated by heat transferred from
the heat roller. The fuser temperature is controlled according to the temperature
that is detected with the thermistor not contacting to the heat roller surface. The
temperature detected with the other thermistor that is frictionally sliding against the
backup roller surface is used to control the fuser temperature under designated
conditions. There is also a thermostat for safety purposes. When the heat roller
temperature rises above a certain temperature, the thermostat is open and voltage
supply to the heater is cut off. The backup roller unit is pressed against the heater
by the press spring on both sides.

Toner cartridge

ID unit

Thermostat

Drum cleaning
blade

Thermistor

Paper transfer direction

Heat roller

Paper

Unfixed toner remaining on the OPC drum is removed by the drum cleaning blade

waste toner of

waste toner path

(8) Static elimination

Backup roller

After completing transfer, the OPC drum is illuminated with its surface to reduce
static charge of its surface.

Charging roller

Pat

Static-eliminating
Fuser belt

Thermistor

Static-eliminating

OPC drum

44951501TH Rev.2

2-4

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(9) Belt cleaning

Toner remaining on the transfer belt is scraped off by the belt cleaning blade and
collected into the waste toner box of the transfer belt unit.
Transport belt

Belt waste toner box

Belt cleaning blade

44951501TH Rev.2

2-5

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2.2 Printing process

Paper fed from Tray 1 or Tray 2 is carried by the paper feed roller, the registration roller L, and the
transport roller. When paper is fed from the MPT, it is carried by the MPT paper feed roller and the
registration roller U. Then, an unfixed toner image is created on the paper transported onto the
belt sequentially through the electrophotographic process of KYMC.
Thereafter, the image is fixed under heat and pressure as the paper goes through the fuser
unit. After the image has been fixed, the paper is ejected to a face-up stacker or to a face-down

Fuser unit

stacker, according to the outputting method selected by opening or closing of the face-up stacker.

Top cover

Paper exit

The above refers to the simplex printing operation of the printers, and the following explains the
duplex printing operation.
During duplex printing, paper, which firstly passes the fuser unit after its backside is printed, is

sucked into the duplex unit by the separator DUP. After entering the paper reverse transport path,
the paper is carried from there to the inside of the duplex unit by the inverting operation of the

K
Front cover

Face-up stacker

reverse roller. After passed through the duplex unit by the transport roller that is located on the
transport path inside the duplex unit, the paper is fed along the paper feed route of the duplex unit,

Paper cassette

and then arrives the route for paper feeding from a tray. From here on, the same operation as that
of simplex printing of paper fed from the tray takes place.

Second tray unit (option)

44951501TH Rev.2

2-6

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(1) Paper fed from 1st Tray

(3) Transport belt

1. As illustrated in Figure 2-1, after the paper feed motor starts running
(clockwise) and the 1st clutch comes ON, the paper is fed from the 1st Tray.
2. After causing the IN sensor to come ON, the paper is further carried over a
certain distance to finally hit the registration roller. (This corrects skew of the
paper.)
3. It causes the registration clutch to come ON and has the registration roller
carry the paper.
(2) Paper fed from MPT
1. As illustrated in Figure 2-1, after the paper feed motor starts running
(clockwise) and the MPT clutch comes ON, the paper is fed from the MP
Tray.

1. As the transport belt motor runs in the direction of the arrow, the transport
belt is driven. The belt unit consists of one transpor t roller placed
immediately underneath each color drum, with a transport belt inserted in
between them.

As the specified voltage is applied, the transport belt and the transport
rollers carry the paper on the transport belt to the fuser unit as transferring
the toner images present on each color drum to the paper.
Drum

2. After causing the IN sensor to come ON, the paper is further carried over a
certain distance to finally hit the registration roller. (This corrects skew of the
paper.)
3. It causes the registration clutch to come ON and has the registration roller
carry the paper.

MPT clutch
Paper feed roller

Transport roller

Transport belt

IN sensor
Transport belt roller

Registration roller
Paper feed
from the MPT
WR sensor

Paper feed motor

Figure 2-2

Registration clutch
1st clutch
Paper feed sensor
Paper feed roller
Separation roller

Paper feed from

the 1st clutch

Figure 2-1
44951501TH Rev.2

2-7

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4) Up/down-motions of ID units
1. The up/down motions of the ID units take place driven by the fuser motor
and the up/down clutch.
2. Figure 2-3 shows the motions of each of the ID units when the printer is
operated for color printing. As the lift-up motor runs (counterclockwise)
with the up/down clutch ON, the lift-up link slides to the left causing the ID
units to come down as shown in Figure 2-3. In that state, color printing is
available.
3. Figure 2-4 shows the motions of each of the ID units when the printer is
operated for monochrome printing. As the lift-up motor runs (clockwise)
with the up/down clutch ON, the lift-up link slides to the right causing the ID
units, except the K-ID unit, to go up as shown in Figure 2-4. In that state,
monochrome printing is available.

ID unit motions during color printing

Y-ID unit
Down
M-ID unit
Down
C-ID unit
Down
K-ID unit
Down

Y-ID

M-ID

C-ID

K-ID

Lift-up link

Fuser motor
(counterclockwise)

Up/down clutch
Figure 2-3

ID unit motions during monochrome printing

Y-ID unit
Lift up
M-ID unit
Lift up
C-ID unit
Lift up
Y-ID
K-ID unit
Down

M-ID

C-ID

K-ID

Lift-up link

Fuser motor
(clockwise)

Up/down clutch
Figure 2-4

44951501TH Rev.2

2-8

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(5) Ejection unit and paper ejection
(a) Face-down ejection

Face-down ejection is available when the face-up tray is closed.

In that state, the separator FU is fixed in the direction illustrated in Figure

2-5, and the face-up tray detection sensor is enabled.

As the fuser motor runs (counterclockwise), the eject rollers and the heat
roller start rotating, and printed paper is ejected with its face down.

(b) Face-up ejection

Face-up ejection is available when the face-up tray is open.

In that state, the separator FU is fixed in the direction illustrated in Figure

2-6, and the face-up tray detection sensor is disabled.

As the fuser motor runs (clockwise), the eject rollers and the heat roller
start rotating, and printed paper is ejected with its face up. (When face-up
ejection is enabled, duplex printing is not available.)

Eject roller (drive)

Face-up tray
detection sensor
Fuser unit
Heat roller (drive)

Separator FU

Fuser motor
(counterclockwise)

Figure 2-5

Face-up tray
detection sensor

Eject roller (drive)

Fuser unit

Heat roller (drive)

Separator FU

Fuser motor
(clockwise)

Figure 2-6

44951501TH Rev.2

2-9

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(6) Duplex printing system (paper flipping and returning to the paper feed route)
1. In a cer tain period of time after the fuser motor star ts running
counterclockwise and the rear end of paper being fed passes the eject
sensor, the fuser motor starts running clockwise. (It changes from the state
shown in Figure 2-7 to the state shown in Figure 2-8.)
2. As a result of that, the eject rollers start rotating in the reverse direction, and
the paper is flipped and carried to the duplex unit.
3. When the duplex unit clutch becomes on, the paper is transferred by the
duplex unit transport rollers.
4. In a certain period of time after the rear end of the paper passes the eject
rollers, the fuser motor starts running counterclockwise, and as a result of
this, the eject rollers can carry the next paper to the exit. (It changes from
the state shown in Figure 2-8 to the state shown in Figure 2-7.) (The duplex
unit transport rollers rotate in the same direction regardless of the running
direction of the motor.)
5. The paper that is carried by the duplex unit transport rollers comes back to
the route for paper feeding from a tray. After that, the paper is handled in the
same way as paper fed from a tray for simplex printing.

Eject roller (drive)

Fuser unit

Heat roller (drive)

Fuser motor (counterclockwise)

Eject sensor

Duplex unit clutch

Duplex unit transport roller

Figure 2-7
Eject roller (drive)

Fuser unit

Heat roller (drive)

Eject sensor

Fuser motor (clockwise)

Duplex unit clutch

Duplex unit transport roller

Figure 2-8

44951501TH Rev.2

2-10

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(7) Cover-opening motions of the color registration sensor and the density sensor
1. As illustrated in Figure 2-9, when the solenoid is energized, the link lever
moves, causing the cover of the color registration sensor and the density
sensor to open.
2. As the solenoid is de-energized, the spring pushes the cover, causing the
cover of the color registration sensor and the density sensor to close.

Color registration sensor

Density sensor

Spring

Link lever

Solenoid

Figure 2-9

44951501TH Rev.2

2-11

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Outline of color registration correction

Color registration is corrected by reading correction patterns, which are printed on the belt,
by use of the color registration sensor located inside the sensor shutter under the belt unit.

Transport belt

The sensor is used to detect patterns and correct color registration.

Automatic start timing of color registration correction

At power-on
When an opened cover is closed
When 400 or more pages have been printed or at least six hours has passed after
the previous correction
A correction error may be issued due to an inadequate toner amount of a pattern generated,
a sensor stained with toner, deficient opening/closing of the shutter, or for other reasons.
However, even if such a registration correction error is issued, it is not indicated on the
operator panel. Therefore, it is necessary to perform forcible color registration correction in
the self-diagnostic mode (Section 5.3.2.6) to check the error indication.

Belt waste toner box

Sensor shutter

Color registration sensor

Belt cleaning blade

Density sensor

Right color registration correction pattern

Left color registration correction pattern

Color registration sensor

44951501TH Rev.2

2-12

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

Error checking methods and remedies

The color registration correction test function among the other self-diagnostic functions is
employed to check errors. (Section 5.3.2.6)
Remedies for different errors
CALIBRATION (L or R), DYNAMICRANGE (L or R)
Check 1: If the above indication appears, check the connected state of the sensor
cable.

If the connected state is found abnormal, restore it to the normal state.

Check 2: Check to see whether the sensor surface is stained with toner, paper dust
or any other foreign matter.

If it is found stained, wipe it clean.

Check 3: Check to see whether the sensor shutter opens and closes normally, by
the MOTOR & CLUTCH TEST of the self-diagnostic function. If the shutter
operates imperfectly, replace the shutter unit.

If no problem was found by the checks 1 through 3, there is a problem with

the circuit.

Replace each of the color registration sensor board, the CU/PU board and
the connector cable one by one and check that no error will occur again.

BELT REFLX ERR

Check 4: If this indication appears, check the cleaned state for the toner remaining
on the belt surface, in addition to making the above checks 1, 2 and 3.
Take out the belt unit, turn the drive gear located on the left rear side, and
ensure that the belt surface has been cleaned thoroughly.

If cleaning is not achieved perfectly and there still remains toner on the belt
surface after the drive gear has been turned, replace the belt unit.

(Y or M or C) LEFT, (Y or M or C) RIGHT, (Y or M or C) HORIZONTAL

Check 5: If the above indication appears, check to see whether toner of NG-issuing
color is running short.

Replace a toner cartridge, as needed.

44951501TH Rev.2

2-13

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Outline of density correction

Density is corrected by reading correction patterns, which are printed on the belt, by use of
the density sensor located inside the sensor shutter under the belt unit.

Transport belt

Automatic start timing of density correction:

When the environment at power-on is drastically different from the environment of the
previous correction
When one or more of four ID count values at power-on indicates that the corresponding
IDs are almost new

Belt waste toner box

When an ID count after the previous correction exceeds 500

When one or more ID is replaced with a new one
When the belt is replaced with a new one
When a toner low or toner empty error is cleared by a replacement of a toner cartridge
in a toner low or toner empty state
A correction error may be issued due to an inadequate toner amount of a pattern generated,
a sensor stained with toner, deficient opening/closing of the shutter, or for other reasons.
However, even if such a density correction error is issued, it is not indicated on the operator
panel. Therefore, it is necessary to perform forcible color registration correction in the selfdiagnostic mode (Section 5.3.2.7) to check the error indication.

44951501TH Rev.2

Sensor shutter

Density sensor

Belt cleaning blade

Density sensor

Density correction pattern

2-14

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Error checking methods and remedies

Principle of toner sensor detection

The density correction test function among the other self-diagnostic functions is employed to
check errors. (Section 5.3.2.7)
Remedies for different errors

Shielding plate
Prism

CALIBRATION ERR, DENS SENSOR ERR

Check 1: If the above indication appears, check the connected state of the sensor
cable.

If the connected state is found abnormal, restore it to the normal state.

Check 2: Check to see whether the sensor surface is stained with toner, paper dust
or any other foreign matter.

If it is found stained, wipe it clean.

If no problem was found by the checks 1 and 2, there is a problem with the circuit.
Replace each of the density sensor, the CU/PU board and the connector cable one
by one and check that no error will occur again.
DENS SHUTTER ERR
Check 3: Check to see whether the sensor shutter opens and closes normally, by
the MOTOR & CLUTCH TEST of the self-diagnostic function. If the shutter
operates imperfectly, replace the shutter unit.
DENS ID ERR
Check 4: Take out the ID units and examine them to see if the drum surface has any
abnormal toner smudge.

Replace the LED head (out-of-focus), or replace any ID units with any abnormality.

To test-operate a new ID unit, use the Fuse Keep Mode of the maintenance menu.

44951501TH Rev.2

Toner LOW is detected by a toner sensor (Reflection sensor) installed inside each of the
printers. A shielding plate is mounted inside each ID and rotates in synchronization with toner
agitation.
Moreover, each ID has a shutter fitted. Each shutter is synchronized with the operation lever
of the relevant toner cartridge, and the toner sensor can detect that the toner cartridge has
been loaded properly. Detection may not take place normally, and a toner sensor error may
be issued, if a shielding plate or toner sensor is stained with toner, or if an ID unit and the
relevant toner sensor do not remain exactly opposite to each other in their positions.

Principle of the toner counter

After image data is developed to binary data that the printers can print, the LSI counts the
data as the number of print dots. The amount of toner consumed is calculated from that count
value, and the remaining amount of toner is thus indicated. As opposed to this, toner LOW
detection by a toner sensor is implemented when the amount of toner remaining inside an ID
unit physically decreases to below a certain level.

Principles of ID, belt, and fuser counters

ID counter:

One count represents the value that results from dividing the amount
of rotation of a drum by three when three A4-size sheets are printed
continuously.

Belt counter:

One count represents the value that results from dividing the amount
of rotation of the belt by three when three A4-size sheets are printed
continuously.

Fuser counter:

One count is registered when paper is shorter than the length of

Legal 13-inch paper. When paper is longer than that, a count to add is
determined by the number of times that the Legal 13-inch paper length is
exceeded. (Rounding up of decimal fractions)

2-15

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Counter specifications
Total page count

MPT page count

Tray 1 page count

Tray 2 page count

Color page count

Monochrome page count

Description

Total number of
prints

Number of print media

hopped from MPT

Number of print media

hopped from Tray 1

Number of print media

hopped from Tray 2

Total number of color prints

Total number of monochrome prints

Count method:
A4-basis or size
independence

Count up after
passing the writing
sensor

Count up if MPF (MPT)

hopping is finished
successfully

Count up if Tray 1
hopping is finished
successfully

Count up if Tray 2
hopping is finished
successfully

The number of print media passing

the fuser in color mode is counted
when each job is finished (1*).
The value is counted on an A4/
Letter basis. Refer to A4/Letter
conversion table (on the next page).

The number of print media passing

the fuser in monochrome mode is
counted when each job is finished
(1*).
Printing speed for color mode
may be applied to monochrome
mode. The value is counted on an
A4/Letter basis. Refer to A4/Letter
conversion table (on the next page).

peration when paper Printed pages are not counted when a paper feed (hopping) jam or a feed jam (380) occurs.
Printed pages are counted when any jam except the said jams occurs.
has jammed
Since the total page count is incremented when the front end of print media passes the writing
sensor, a feed jam (380) is also included into the limits on counts according to its jam type.

If paper jams before passing the fuser, its pages are not counted. If
paper jams after passing the fuser, its pages are counted.

Operation for
Duplex

The count increases by two.

If a color page and a monochrome page exist in a pair of two pages,
the color page count increases by one, and the monochrome page
count increases by one. If a pair of two pages is in color, the color page
count increases by two. If a pair of two pages is in monochrome, the
monochrome page count increases by two.

Reset condition

Value storage
destination
Menu/MenuMap
output
EngineMenuMap
output

Front/back count
(+2)

Only front count (+1)

None

PU

None

PU

PU

(1) Replacement of ROM with another one of a different version

(2) Change of the shipping destination
(3) Execution of MENU RESET of the system maintenance menu
(4) Replacement of a CU board
PU

CU

CU

(*2)
(*3)

(*3)

(*3)

*1. Each of the count is updated at the end of each job or each of four pages; however, the count is not updated if the power is turned off when any page from page one through page three of
a job of four or more pages is being printed.
*2. It is shown in the header of MenuMap.
*3. EngineMenuMap outputs Engine Menu Print (the first page) and Engine EEPROM Dump Print (the last page), and the number of sheets of paper fed from each tray is described only in
the latter one (DUMP page only).

44951501TH Rev.2

2-16

2. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

A4/Letter conversion table

Each count shall increase, in relation to every sheet of paper, by the values in the table below.
Paper size

Simplex

Duplex

LETTER

EXECUTIVE

LEGAL14

LEGAL13.5

LEGAL13

A4

A5

A6

B5

COM-9

COM-10

MONARCH

DL

C5

HAGAKI

OUFUKU HAGAKI

Custom

Custom, Length > 210 mm

Custom, Length 900 mm

Envelope (NAGAGATA #3)

Envelope (NAGAGATA #4)

Envelope (YOUGATA #4)

Envelope (FUTO A4)

INDEXCARD

44951501TH Rev.2

2-17

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3. INSTALLATION
3.1 Cautions, and dos and donts.......................................................3-2
3.2 Unpacking procedure ...................................................................3-3
3.3 Printer installation instructions ......................................................3-4
3.4 List of components and accessories ............................................3-5
3.5 Assembly procedure .....................................................................3-6
3.6 Printing of MenuMap ..................................................................3-21
3.7 Connection methods....................................................................3-22
3.8 Checking of paper used by the user............................................3-24

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.1 Cautions, and dos and donts

Warning
Do not install the printer in any potentially high-temperature location or a near heat
source.
Do not install the printer in a location where chemical reaction may occur (laboratory
and the like).
Do not install the printer in the proximity of inflammable solvents, such as alcohol and
paint thinner.
Do not install the printer within reach of children.
Do not install the printer on an unstable surface (e.g., on a rickety bench or on a
slanting place).
Do not install the printer in a location with moisture or heavy dust, or in direct sun.
Do not install the printer in an environment with sea wind or corrosive gas.
Do not install the printer in a location with heavy vibration.
In the event that the printer is inadvertently dropped or its cover is damaged, remove
the power plug from the power outlet and contact the customer center.
Such mishap could lead to an electric shock, fire or injury.
Do not connect any power cord, printer cable or ground wire in any other manner than
the way specified in the manual. Failure to observe the above could result in fire.
Do not stick in an object into the vent hole.
Such action could lead to an electric shock, fire or injury.
Do not place a glass filled with water or the like on the printer.
Such action could lead to an electric shock or fire.
When the printer cover is opened, be careful not to touch the fuser unit.
It may cause burns.
Do not throw the toner cartridges or the image drum cartridges into fire.
Dust explosion could cause burns.
Do not use a highly combustible spray near the printer.
It may case a fire because the printer contains parts that get extremely hot.
In the event that the cover becomes unusually hot, emits smoke, bad smell, or
abnormal noise, remove the power plug from the power outlet and contact the
customer center.
It may lead a fire.

44951501TH Rev.2

Warning
If water or any other liquid enters the inside of the printer, remove the power plug from
the power outlet and contact the customer center.
Fire could break out.
If someone drops foreign objects such as a clip in the printer, remove the power plug
from the outlet and take out the foreign objects.
It may cause an electric shock, fire, or injury.
Do not operate or disassemble the printer in any other manner than the way specified
in the manual.
Failure to observe this warning could result in an electric shock, fire or injury.

Caution
Do not install the printer in a location where its vent hole is blocked.
Do not install the printer directly on a shag carpet or rug.
Do not install the printer in a sealed room or other location with poor ventilation or
permeability.
Make sure to ventilate sufficiently when continuously using the printer in a small room
for a long time.
Install the printer away from a strong magnetic field or noise source.
Install the printer away from a monitor or TV.
To move the printer, hold both sides of them.
The printer, which weighs approximately 25 kg (packed), should be lifted by two or
more people.
While the printer power is on or the printer is printing, do not come close to the paper
exit. Such action could lead to injury.
When the precautionary notes concerning the installation and operation are explained, the
user should be referred to the precautionary notes given in the user's manual. Especially, give
thorough explanation on the power cord and the ground wire.

3-2

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.2 Unpacking procedure

Warning

Personal injury may occur.

Since the printer weights approximately 25 kg (packed), it should be lifted by two or

more people.

44951501TH Rev.2

3-3

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.3 Printer installation instructions

Install the printer in a location where the following temperature and humidity are met:
Ambient temperature

: 10 to 32C

Ambient humidity

: 20 to 80 % RH (relative humidity)

Maximum wet-bulb temperature

: 25C

Plan view
20cm

Exercise caution to avoid dew condensation.

If the printer is installed in a location with ambient relative humidity below 30%, use a
humidifier or antistatic mat.
100cm

60cm

Installation space

20cm

Place the printer on a flat desk large enough to accommodate its footings.
Provide enough spaces around the printer.

Side view

70cm

44951501TH Rev.2

3-4

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.4 List of components and accessories

Check to make sure that the components are free from damage, dirt or other irregularities in their appearance.

Software DVD-ROM

Ensure that none of the accessories to the components is missing and that they are
free from breakage or other flaw.

Warranty card and user registration card

If any irregularity is discovered, contact the user management section for instructions.

Warning

Personal injury may occur.

Power cord
Users manual (Setup and usage)
Users manual (DVD-ROM)
Note! No printer cable is supplied with the printer.

The printer weights approximately 22 kg (or 25 kg when packed), so it should be lifted

by two or more people.
Printer (main unit)

Image drum cartridges (one each of cyan, magenta, yellow, and black installed in
the printer)

Inform the user that the toner cartridges and image drum cartridges can be separated
one from the other.

44951501TH Rev.2

3-5

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.5 Assembly procedure

3.5.1 Assembly of the printer main unit

(3) Remove the four protective sheets.

Setup of the printer

(1) Remove the protective tapes (six places) from the surface of the printer.
Protective sheet

Paper
Protective tape

Paper

Protective tape

(2) Press the OPEN button to open the top cover.

Protective tape

(4) Remove the stopper release (orange) while pushing down the lever (blue) of the
fuser unit in the direction of the arrow .
Note! The stopper release is used when the printer is not used for a long time or
being transported. Be sure to keep it.
Lever (blue) of the fuser unit

OPEN button

Stopper release
(orange)

44951501TH Rev.2

3-6

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(5) Slide the locks of the (four) toner cartridges to the left to lock the toner cartridges.
Lock (blue)

Loading paper in the paper cassette

(1) Pull out the paper cassette.

Note!

Do not remove the rubber from the plate.

(2) Adjust the paper stopper and the paper guide to the size of the paper to be loaded
and fix them firmly.
Paper stopper

(6) Close the top cover.

Plate

Paper guide

(3) Fan the edges of paper stack and align the edges of the stack on a level surface.

44951501TH Rev.2

3-7

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Loading paper in the multi-purpose tray

(4) Load the paper with the print side facing down.
Note! Place the paper against the front side of the paper cassette.

Do not allow the level of paper to pass the mark of the paper guide (250
sheets of 70 kg paper).

(1) Open the multi-purpose tray and also the paper supporter.

(5) Hold the paper with the paper guide.

(6) Turn the paper size dial to the size of the paper loaded.
(7) Insert the paper cassette back into the printer.

Paper loading orientation

Multi-Purpose Tray

(2) Move the manual feed guide to the paper size.

Place the print side
facing down.

Manual feed guide

Multi-Porpose Tray

mark

Paper Supporter
Manual feed guide

(3) Align the edges of the paper stack.

44951501TH Rev.2

3-8

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4) Insert the paper, print-face up, along the manual feed guide straight as far as it will
go.

mark

Insert the paper, print-face up,

straight as far as it will go.

Note! Do not allow the level of paper to pass the mark of the paper guide (100
sheets of 70 kg paper, or 10 envelopes).

(5) Press the set button.

44951501TH Rev.2

Set button

3-9

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.5.2 Connection of the power cable

Power supply conditions

Turning On the Power

(1) Insert the power cord into the printer.

Observe the following conditions:

AC
: 220 - 240 VAC (Range 198 - 264 VAC)
Power frequency : 50 Hz / 60 Hz 2 %
If the available power is unstable, use a voltage regulator or the like.
The maximum power consumption of this printer is 1,170W. Ensure that the power
source offers an ample margin in the power capacity.
Proper operation with a UPS (uninterruptible power supply) is not guaranteed. A
warning to not use a UPS should be given to the user.

Warning

It may cause an electric shock or fire.

Installation and removal of the power cord and the ground wire must be performed after turning the
switch to OFF.
The ground wire should be connected to a dedicated ground terminal. If it is not possible to
establish a ground, consult the dealer where the user bought this printer.
Never connect the ground wire to a water pipe, gas pipe, or a telephone line ground, or to a
lightning rod or the like.
Be sure to complete connection to the ground terminal before inserting the power plug into the
power outlet. Also be sure to remove the power plug from the power outlet before disconnection
from the ground terminal.
Hold the power plug of the power cord to plug in or unplug the cord.
Insert the power plug securely into a receptacle as far as it will go.
Do not insert or remove the power plug with wet hands.
Lay the power cord in a location where it is not likely stepped on, and avoid placing anything on the
power cord.
Do not bundle or tie the power cord.
Do not use a damaged power cord.
Avoid many loads on one electrical outlet.
Do not connect the printer to the same power outlet shared by other electric appliances. Especially,
if the printer is connected to the same power outlet in conjunction with an air-conditioner, copy
machine or shredder, electric noise may cause false operation of the printer. If it is inevitable to
connect them to the same power outlet, use a commercial noise filter or noise-cut transformer.
Use the power cord that is supplied with this printer and insert it directly into an outlet. For this
printer, do not use a power cord provided for any other product.
Do not use an extension cord. If it is inevitable to use an extension cord, use one with rating of 15A
or more.
Use of an extension cord may hinder the printer from operating normally because of an AC voltage
drop.
Do not turn off the power or disconnect the power plug while the printer is printing.
If the printer is going to be placed out of use for an extended period of time due to a long spell of
holidays or travel, unplug the power cord.
Do not use the supplied power cord for other products.

About the connections of the power cord and the ground wire, the user should be given
thorough explanation by referred to the user's manual.

44951501TH Rev.2

(2) Plug the AC cord into the electric socket.

(3) Hold down the power switch for about a second to turn on the power.

[Ready to Print] will appear when the printer has started up completely.
Note! An error (of code 126, 171, 175, 177, or 320) may occur if the printer is
turned on when it is cold. In such a case, turn off the printer, wait for a while
and turn it on again.

3-10

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Turning off the power

Note! Turning off the power without taking proper shutdown steps may damage and
disable the printer. Be sure to follow the steps below.

No use for a long time

When the printer is not used for a long time due to consecutive holidays or when on
vacation, when changing or attaching parts in repaire or maintenance, unplug the AC cord.

(1) Press the power switch for about 1 second.

The message of Shutting down Please Wait for a while. The power is
automatically turned off. is displayed on the operator panel, and the LED lamp of
the power switch blinks at intervals of one second. Then, the power of the printer is

Note! The printer will not be functionally impaired even if left unplugged for a long time
(more than 4 weeks).
Even in the power-off status, when the AC cord is connected, electricity is
consumed. (0.5W or less (230V)).

automatically turned off, and the LED lamp of the power switch is also turned off.

Memo You can turn off the power forcibly by holding down the power switch for more
than 5 seconds. This operation is to shut down the power forcibly; therefore,
data and files in printing cannot be secured. Use the operation only when
trouble occurs.

44951501TH Rev.2

3-11

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.5.3 Installation and recognition confirmation of an option

(1) Installation of an optional tray (second tray) unit
An optional tray unit is intended for increasing the amount of paper that can be loaded in the
printer. An optional tray holds 530 sheets of 70 kg paper, allowing the printer to print up to
970 sheets continuously when used with a standard paper cassette and a multi-purpose tray
together.

2. Place the printer on an optional tray unit.

Note! The printer weights approximately 22 kg. It should be lifted by two or more
people.
Align the holes in the bottom of the printer to the pins of the optional tray unit.
Place the printer gently on the optional tray unit.

Hole in the bottom of the printer

Post

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cord and the printer
cable.

3. Attach lock pieces to the printer.

Lock piece

Turn off the printer by following the steps described under Turning off the power in
section 3.5.2.
Note! Turning off the power without taking proper shutdown steps may cause a
failure of the printer, so be sure to execute the shutdown menu.

Installation of an optional tray unit with the power on may cause a failure of
the printer.

Lock piece

44951501TH Rev.2

3-12

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4. Connect the power cord and the printer cable to the printer and
turn the power ON.

For Windows PCL / PCL XPS printer driver

Note! This procedure uses C531 driver as an example.
For Windows Vista, select [Start] - [Control Panel] and click [Printers].

Note! If [SERVICE CALL 182: ERROR] appears, remove the installed optional tray
unit and reinstall it to the printer.

5. Set the number of trays in the printer driver.

For Windows XP, select [Start] - [Control Panel] - [Printers and Other Hardware] [Printers and Faxes].

For Windows Server 2003, select [Start] - [Printers and Faxes].

Right-click the [C531 (**)] (** is PCL or XPS, which is a type of the printer driver)
icon and select [Properties].

Setting should be made in the printer driver to have the printer recognize the optional tray
unit.

Select [Obtain Printer Information] in the [Device Options] tab. For USB connection,
manually enter the current total number of trays in the [Available Devices].

If the printer driver hasnt been set up, set up the printer driver by referring to the relevant
users manual (Setup) and then perform the following setup.
Note! Administrator privileges on the computer are required.

For Windows PS printer driver

Click [OK].

For Windows Hiper-C printer driver

Note! This procedure uses C511 driver as an example.
For Windows Vista, select [Start] - [Control Panel] and click [Printers].

Note! This procedure uses C531 driver as an example.

For Windows Vista, select [Start] - [Control Panel] and click [Printers].

For Windows XP, select [Start] - [Control Panel] - [Printers and Other Hardware] [Printers and Faxes].

For Windows Server 2003, select [Start] - [Printers and Faxes].

Right-click the [C511] icon and select [Properties].

Select [Obtain Printer Information] in the [Device Options] tab. For USB connection,
manually enter the current total number of trays in the [Available Devices].

Right-click the [C531 (PS)] icon and select [Properties].

Select [Obtain Printer Information] in [Installable Options] on the [Device Settings]
tab and click [Setup] or [Obtain Printer Information]. For USB connection, manually
set an appropriate value in [Number of Trays].
Click [OK].

For Windows XP, select [Start] - [Control Panel] - [Printers and Other Hardware] [Printers and Faxes].
For Windows Server 2003, select [Start] - [Printers and Faxes].

Click [OK].

For Mac OS X
Note! This procedure uses Mac OS X 10.6 as an example.

This procedure uses C531 driver as an example.

Select [System Preferences] from the Apple menu.
Click [Print & Fax].
Select the name of your machine and then click [Options & Supplies].
Select the [Driver] tab.
Select the total number of trays installed on your machine for [Available Trays], and
then click [OK].

44951501TH Rev.2

3-13

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(2) Installation of an additional memory (for C321/C331/C531)

A memory expansion board increases the memory capacity of the printer. A memory
expansion board should be added to the printer when an error message [Memory Overflow]
appears due to insufficient memory for complex data on the printer, or the error message
[Collating Error] appears in making collated sets of copies.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cord.

Turn off the printer by following the steps described under Turning off the power in
section 3.5.2.
Note! The printer or additional memory may fail if the power is switched off
without taking shutdown steps. Be sure to execute the shutdown menu.

Installation of an additional memory with power on may cause a failure of
the printer.

2. Remove the connector cover.

Additional memory
Model name

Memory capacity

None (standard)

256 MB(C531)
/128MB(C321/C331)

MEM256G

+256 MB

MEM512D

+512 MB

Note! Proper operation by use of an unspecified product cannot be guaranteed.

Be sure to use Oki product.

Additional memory of 256 MB or more is recommended for long-sheet
printing.

One memory slot is provided.

Even in the power-off status, when the AC cord is connected, a part of
thecircuit is operated, therefore, make sure to unplug the cable.

Connector cover

Lock

3. Remove the printer cable.

Printer cable

44951501TH Rev.2

3-14

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4. Touch the metal part of the printer to discharge static.

7. Attach the bracket and tighten the screw.

Metal part

Screw
Bracket

5. Loosen the screw and remove the bracket.

Bracket

Screw

6. Insert an additional memory into the slot and push it against the
main unit.

Note! Do not touch electronic parts or connector terminals.

Install the memory by observing the correct orientation of it. The memory
has a notch in its edge so as to fit with the memory slot connector.
44951501TH Rev.2

8. Connect the printer cable to the printer.

Printer cable

9. Attach the connector cover to the printer.

Connector cover

3-15

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3. INSTALLATION

10. Connect the power cord to the printer and turn the power ON.
Note! If the operator panel displays [SERVICE CALL 031: ERROR], remove the
memory and reinstall it.

11. Print the configuration report and check the printout for
successful installation of the additional memory.

Print the configuration report by following the steps instructed in section 3.6.
Check the total memory size shown at Total Memory Size in the header.

Note! Reinstall the additional memory if the size at Total Memory Size is not
correct.

44951501TH Rev.2

3-16

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Installation of an SD card (C531dn only)

3. Remove the printer cable.

Note! Fonts cannot be downloaded to any SD cards

for C531dn.
Even in the power-off status, when the AC cord
is connected, a part of the circuit is operated,
therefore, make sure to unplug the cable.
SD cards are provided as an option for C531dn.

SD memory card (model name: SDC-A1)

It is a storage added to C531dn printers. It is used for authenticated printing, print
job saving and buffer printing, or used when [Collating Error] appears in making
collated sets of copies.

Printer cable

4. Touch the metal part of the printer to discharge static.

1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cord.

Turn off the printer by following the steps described under Turning off the power in
section 3.5.2.
Note! Turning off the power without taking proper shutdown steps may cause a
failure of the printer, so be sure to execute the shutdown menu.

Installation of an SD card with the power on may cause a failure of the
printer.

Metal part

2. Remove the connector cover.

5. Loosen the screw and remove the bracket.

Lock

Connector cover

Bracket

44951501TH Rev.2

Screw

3-17

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6. Insert an SD memory card into the slot.

8. Connect the printer cable to the printer.

Note! SD memory cards are not usable when the safety switch against possible
erasure is in the active position, so be sure to move it to the inactive
position.

Printer cable

SC memory card

9. Attach the connector cover to the printer.

7. Attach the bracket and tighten the screw.

Screw
Bracket

Connector cover

10. Connect the power cord to the printer and turn the power ON.

44951501TH Rev.2

3-18

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

11. Print the configuration report and check the printout for
successful installation of the SD memory card.

12. Set up SD Memory Card in the printer driver.

Note! Administrator privileges on the computer are required.

For Windows PS printer driver

For Windows Vista, select [Start] - [Control Panel] and click [Printers].

For Windows XP, select [Start] - [Control Panel] - [Printers and Other Hardware] [Printers and Faxes].

For Windows Server 2003, select [Start] - [Printers and Faxes].

Right-click the [C531 (PS)] icon and select [Properties].
Click [Get printer information] in [Installable Options] on the [Device Settings] tab,
and click [Setup] or [Obtain printer information]. For USB connection, manually
specify [Installed] for [SD Memory Card].

Print the configuration report by following the steps instructed in section 3.6.
Check that the memory size is shown at SD Memory Card.
Memo The size of SD memory cards may be different from the above example.
Note! Reinstall the SD memory card if its size is not shown there.

Click [OK].

For Windows PCL / PCL XPS Printer Driver

For Windows Vista, select [Start] - [Control Panel] and click [Printers].

Subsequently, it is required to make settings in the printer driver to have the SD memory card
recognized by the printer driver.
If the printer driver hasnt been set up, set up the printer driver by referring to the relevant
users manual (Setup) and then perform the following setup by taking steps described on the
following pages.

For Windows XP, select [Start] - [Control Panel] - [Printers and Other Hardware] [Printers and Faxes].

For Windows Server 2003, select [Start] - [Printers and Faxes].

Right-click the [C531 (**)] (** is PCL or XPS, which is a type of the printer driver)
icon and select [Properties].
Select [Obtain printer information] on the [Device Options] tab. For USB connection,
check the [SD Memory Card] checkbox manually.
Click [OK].

44951501TH Rev.2

3-19

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3. INSTALLATION

For Mac OS X
Note! This procedure uses Mac OS X 10.6 as an example.
This procedure uses C531 driver as an example.
Select [System Preferences] from the Apple menu.
Click [Print & Fax].
Select the name of your machine and then click [Options & Supplies].
Select the [Driver] tab..
Check the [SD Memory Card] checkbox, and then click [OK]..

44951501TH Rev.2

3-20

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.6 Printing of MenuMap

Print MenuMap to check to make sure that the printer operates correctly.

(C531dn MenuMap sample)

(1) Load A4 paper in a tray.

(2) Press the
the

button several times until [Information Menu] appears, and then press

button.

(3) After MenuMap Print appears, press the

button.

Printing of MenuMap is started.

Memo To print Network Information (two pages), press the

until [Network] appears, and then press the

44951501TH Rev.2

button following step (2)

button.

3-21

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.7 Connection methods

<USB connection>
Note! Refer to the users manual for operating environment.

Connecting the computer to the printer

(1) Plug the USB cable into the USB interface connector of the printer.
(2) Plug the USB cable into the USB interface connector of the computer.

Preparing a USB cable

Note! No printer cable is supplied with the printer. Ask the user to prepare a USB
2.0 printer cable.

When connection is to be made in High-Speed mode with a USB 2.0, use
a Hi-Speed-ready USB 2.0 cable.

A USB 2.0 cable to be used must be no more than five meters long. A USB
cable of two meters or less is recommended.

Note! Be careful not to plug the USB cable into the network interface connector.
Such wrong connection could cause malfunction.

Cover

Switching off the printer and the computer

Memo Although a USB cable can be plugged in or unplugged with the computer and
the printer switched on, for secure installation of the USB driver and the printer
driver to be performed subsequently, the printer should be turned off.

USB interface connector

Cover

Hook

Memo For the setup procedure of the printer driver, see the users manual.

44951501TH Rev.2

3-22

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

<Ethernet cable connection>

Switching off the printer and the computer

Note! Refer to the users manual for operating environment.

Connecting the computer to the printer

(1) Plug the Ethernet cable into the network interface connector of the printer.

Preparing an Ethernet cable

(2) Plug the Ethernet cable into the hub.

Note! An Ethernet cable and a hub are not supplied with the printer. Ask the user to
prepare an Ethernet cable (a Category 5 twisted pair cable, straight through)
and a hub.
<Ethernet cable>

<Hub>

Cover

Network interface
connector

Cover

Hook

Memo For the setup procedure of the printer driver, see the users manual.
44951501TH Rev.2

3-23

3. INSTALLATION

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.8 Checking of paper used by the user

Load the media used by the user in the printer, make media weight/media type setting, print
out MenuMap/Demo Page, and check printouts to make sure that no toner flakes off.
Settings on the operator panel

Type

Media weight
Printer driver
(paper
[Media weight]
Media weight
thickness)
settings*2
(paper thickness)
Media type
(paper type)*1

Weight or thickness

Plain
paper*3

55 64kg (64 74g/m2)

2

65 70kg (75 82g/m )

71 89kg (83 104g/m2)
2

90 103kg (105 120g/m )

Light

MEDIUMLIGHT

Medium Light

MEDIUM

Medium

HEAVY

PLAIN

Heavy

104 151kg
(121 176g/m2)

ULTRAHEAVY1

Ultra heavy 1

152 189kg
(177 220g/m2)

ULTRAHEAVY2

Ultra heavy 2

Postcard*4
4

Envelope*
Label

LIGHT

0.1 to under 0.17 mm

0.17 to 0.2 mm

HEAVY
ULTRAHEAVY1

LABELS

Label 1
Label 2

*1: The factory default for the media type is [PLAIN].

*2: Media weight and type can be set on the operator panel and in the printer driver. The
settings in the printer driver take priority. Data is printed out in accordance with the
settings on the operator panel when [Auto selection] is selected in [Feed tray] or when
[Printer setting] is selected in [Media weight].
*3: The weight of paper supported for duplex print is 64 to 176g/m2 (55 to 151 kg).
*4: It is not necessary to set media weight and type for postcards and envelopes.
Memo Print speed decelerates when [MEDIUM] through [ULTRAHEAVY2] of media
weight or [LABELS] of media type is set.
44951501TH Rev.2

3-24

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4. REPLACEMENT OF PARTS
This chapter describes the procedures of the field replacement of parts, assemblies and units. The procedures are to detach them. Reverse
the procedures to attach them.
and
) do not identical to the part numbers in the maintenance disassembly
The reference part numbers used in this manual (such as
configuration diagram (44951501TL) and RSPL (44951501TR) for the manual.
4.1 Notes on replacement of parts......................................................4-1
4.2 Part replacement procedure..........................................................4-4
4.3 Locations to lubricate..................................................................4-19

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.1 Notes on replacement of parts

(1) Prior to replacing a part, unplug the AC cord and the interface cable.

(2) Do not disassemble the printer so long as it operates properly.

(a) Be sure to use the following procedure to unplug the AC cord:

Turn off the printer, then the LED indicator goes out.

(3) Minimize disassembly. Do not detach the parts not shown in the part replacement
procedure.

Pull out the AC plug of the AC cord from the AC power source.

(4) Use the replacement tools specified.

Unplug the AC cord and the interface cable.

(5) Conduct disassembly in the order instructed, or part damage may occur.

Warning

(6) Removed small parts, such as screws or collars, should be tentatively installed in
their original positions.

Electric shock hazard.

(7) Do not use static-prone gloves when handling integrated circuits (ICs) or circuit
boards, including microprocessors, and ROM and RAM chips.

Be sure to unplug the AC cable as some circuits keep working while the power
cable is connected even after the power is turned off.

(8) Do not place printed-circuit boards (PCBs) directly on the printer or a floor.

When replacing the low-voltage power supply and high-voltage power supply, due
to potential electric shock, wear insulated gloves or be careful not to touch the
conductors or terminals of the power supply directly.
After the AC cord is unplugged, the capacitor may take about one minute to
discharge completely, or could not discharge due to PCB breakdown. Use caution
about electric shock.
(b) Be sure to use the following procedure to reconnect the printer:
Connect the AC cord and the interface cable to the printer.
Turn on the printer.
Turn on the printer, then the LED indicator lights up.

Unplugging

Plugging

44951501TH Rev.2

4-2

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Maintenance Tools:

Table 4-1-2 shows the tools necessary to use Maintenance Utility software.

Table 4-1-1 shows the tools necessary to replace printed-circuit boards and units:
No.

Table 4-1-1: Maintenance Tools

No.

Maintenance Tool

Quantity

Phillips
screwdriver with
magnetic tip, No.
2-200

Screwdriver No.
3-100

Screwdriver No.
5-200

Digital multimeter

Pliers

Handy vacuum
cleaner (toner
vacuum)

E-ring pliers

Table 4-1-2: Maintenance Tools

Use

Remarks
1

3- to 5-mm
screws

Maintenance Tool
Notebook
personal
computer (with
Maintenance
Utility software
installed)

Quantity

USB cable

Ethernet cable
(crossover cable)

Use

Remarks

See section
5.2 for
Maintenance
Utility.

See note.

E-shaped ring
removal

Note! Use a toner vacuum. Using a general-purpose vacuum may cause fire.

44951501TH Rev.2

4-3

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2 Part replacement procedure

This section describes the procedure for replacing the parts and assemblies shown in the
disassembly diagrams below.

4.2.1 Belt unit

(3) Turn the (two blue) lock handles of the belt unit

in the direction of the arrows

and, holding the unit by the (blue) handle, detach the unit.
Lock lever (blue)

(1) Open the top cover.

(2) Remove the image drum unit

top cover

Lock lever (blue)

Note! Cover the removed image drum cartridges with a piece of black paper.
black paper

44951501TH Rev.2

4-4

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.2 Fuser unit

4.2.3 Left side cover

(1) Open the top cover.

(1) Open the top cover.

(2) Pull the (blue) fuser unit lock lever in the direction of the arrow and detach the fuser
unit .

(2) Remove the two (silver-colored) screws

(3) Unlatch and detach the left side cover

.
.
Top cover

Fuser unit lock lever (blue)

Fuser unit lock lever (blue)

Feeder unit

44951501TH Rev.2

4-5

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.4 Right side cover

4.2.5 Face-up tray

(1) Open the top cover.

(1) Open the face-up tray

in the direction of the arrow and, warping it, disengage

two portions to detach the face-up tray.

(2) Remove the cassette assembly.

(3) Remove the interface cover
(4) Loosen the screw

to remove the memory cover

(5) Open the MPT assembly

(6) Remove the two (black) screws

and one (silver-colored) screw

(7) Unlatch two portions A and B to detach the right side cover

Latch B

MPT Assy

Latches A

44951501TH Rev.2

4-6

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.6 Rear cover

4.2.7 LED assembly. and LED assembly springs

(1) Remove the left side cover and the right side cover.
(2) Remove the three (silver-colored) screws

(3) Unlatch two portions A with a flat-blade screwdriver.

(4) Unlatch three portions B to slide the rear cover
detach it.

in the direction of the arrow C to

(1) Open the top cover.

(2) Remove the cables of the LED assembly. As shown in diagram (2), apply force in
the direction of the arrow to unlatch the portion A and then the portion B to detach
the LED assembly .
(3) Turning the LED assembly springs

clockwise, detach it.

Top cover

Latch A

Latches A

Latch A
Diagram (1)

Diagram (2)
Latch B

Latches A

44951501TH Rev.2

4-7

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.8 Image drum fan and ZHJ board

4.2.9 CU/PU PCB and low-voltage power supply

Warning

(1) Remove the left side cover.

(2) Remove the (silver-colored) screw
detach the image drum fan .
(3) Remove the (silver-colored) screw
board .

and the two (silver-colored) screws

to

and unlatch five portions to detach the ZHJ

Electric shock hazard

When replacing the low-voltage power supply, electric shock may occur. Wear insulated
gloves, or be careful not to touch the conductors or terminals of the power supply directly.
After the AC cord is unplugged, the capacitor may take about one minute to discharge
completely or, due to PCB breakdown, could not discharge. Use caution about electric shock.
(1) Remove the right side cover.
and unlatch and remove the plate shield

(2) Remove the four (silver-colored) screws

assembly .
(3) Remove all the CU/PU board cables.
(4) Remove the three (silver-colored) screws

to detach the PU/CU PCB

(5) Remove all the low-voltage power supply cables.

(6) Remove the two (silver-colored) screws

to detach the low-voltage power supply

Note! The LED head cables

should be attached, the
end of the Film-FG being
placed inside the Plateside-R so as that they
touch no sheet metal
edges of the Plate-side-R.

Exit cable wound one

turn around core

Exit connector
Fuser connector
Rear fan connector
44951501TH Rev.2

4-8

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Note!
The low-voltage power supply
and the AC inlet (4.2.15) should be replaced
combined (they have been qualified to a safety standard, combined).

44951501TH Rev.2

4-9

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.10 Top cover assembly

4.2.11 Top cover and LED head cable assembly

(1) Remove the left side cover, the right side cover and the rear cover.

(1) Demount the top cover assembly.

(2) Remove the plate shield assembly and then the LED head cables.

(2) Remove the 18 (black) screws

(3) Remove the two screws

to remove the plate-rear

(4) Remove the (silver-colored) screw

to detach the top cover .

to detach the top cover

(3) Remove the (silver-colored) screw

to detach the LED head cable assembly

and then the two E-shaped retainer rings

18

44951501TH Rev.2

4-10

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.12 Operator panel assembly

4.2.13 Board IBB and LCD

(1) Remove the right side cover and plate shield assembly.

(1) Remove the operator panel assembly.

(2) Remove the cable of the operator panel assembly.

(2) Unlatch the three portions A.

(3) Detach the Board IBB

* CU/PU PCB OPE connector

(3) Remove the two screws

to detach the operator panel assembly

(4) Unlatch the two portions B.

(5) Detach the LCD assembly

44951501TH Rev.2

4-11

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.14 MPT assembly

(1) Remove the cassette assembly.
(2) Open the MPT assembly

(3) Pull the MPT assembly in the direction of the arrow and release the two supports to
detach the MPT assembly.

44951501TH Rev.2

4-12

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.15 Front FAN, Hopping motor, Rear FAN, Holder Assy.Switch, Image Drum motor and cover-open switch
(1) Remove the left side cover, the right side cover, the rear cover, the MPT assembly,
the plate-rear, the low-voltage power supply, the plate shield assembly and the
operator panel assembly.
(2) Remove the two (silver-colored) screws

to detach the Hopping motor

(3) Remove the two (silver-colored) screws

to detach the rear FAN

(4) Remove the two (silver-colored) screws

to detach the Plate-Support

20

19

(5) Disconnect the CONN Coard from the PU/CU PCB, and the Holder Assy.-Switch
with the CONN Coard from the side R of the mainbody.
(6) Disconnect the CONN Coard
(7) Remove the two screws

from the Holder Assy.-Switch

and unlatch the Frame-MPT-side

(8) Remove the two (silver-colored) screws

(9) Remove the screw (silver-colored)
(10) Remove the FG-Screw

to detach the AC inlet

(11) Remove the four (silver-colored) screws

to remove it.

to detach the Front FAN

to detach the Frame-AC

Air

.
.

to detach the image drum motor

(12) Remove the screw 19 to detach the cover-open switch 20 .

Note!
Note the air flow direction of these FANs for to assemble.
When removing or assembling the FANs, do not press impeller of there.
In case of the impeller unfastened by mistake, do not reuse it and install a new
FANs.

Air

12
9
10

44951501TH Rev.2

18

4-13

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.16 High-voltage power supply board

Warning

Electric shock hazard

When replacing the high-voltage power supply, electric shock may occur. Wear insulated
gloves, or be careful not to touch the conductors or terminals of the power supply directly.
After the AC cord is unplugged, the capacitor may take about one minute to discharge
completely or, due to PCB breakdown, could not discharge. Use caution about electric shock.
(1) Remove the right side cover and the CU/PU PCB.
(2) Remove the four (silver-colored) screws
the plate board .
(3) Remove the two (silver-colored)

to remove the film-PUCU board

screw to remove the plate-FG

(4) Unlatch the four portions to detach the high-voltage power supply board

44951501TH Rev.2

and

4-14

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.17 Guide-ejection assembly, fuser connector

assembly and color-registration assembly
(1) Remove the left side cover, the right side cover, the rear cover and the top cover
assembly.
(2) Remove the CU/PU PCB and the low-voltage power supply.
.

(3) Detach the guide-ejection assembly

to detach the fuser connector assembly

(4) Remove the two (silver-colored) screws

.
(5) Remove the film-power board

(6) Remove the (silver-colored) screw

to remove the image drum fan assembly

to remove the cover-beam

(7) Remove the two (silver-colored) screws

plate-beam .
(8) Remove the three (silver-colored) screws
and then the cover-code .
(9) Remove the four (silver-colored) screws

44951501TH Rev.2

and the

to remove the two torsion springs

to detach the color-registration assembly

4-15

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.18 Frame-MPT assembly and feeder assembly

(1) Remove the left side cover, the right side cover, the rear cover, the hopping motor,
the plate shield assembly, the operator panel assembly, the cover-open switch and
the frame-MPT-side.
(2) Remove the RGSNS, HPSNS and MPC cables of the PU/CUPCB.
(3) Remove the two (silver-colored) screws

to remove the plate-front

(4) Remove the two (silver-colored) screws and the (black) screw
two portions to detach the frame-MPT assembly .
(5) Remove the three (silver-colored) screws

44951501TH Rev.2

.
and unlatch the

to detach the feeder assembly

4-16

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.19 Side-L assembly, side-R assembly and base

assembly .
(1) Remove the left side cover, the right side cover, the rear cover, the top cover
assembly, the operator panel assembly, the feeder assembly, the guide-ejection
assembly and the registration assembly.
(2

Remove the four (silver-colored) screws

(3) Remove the E-shaped retainer ring

to remove the plate-bottom

and then the shaft

to detach the side-L assembly

(4) Remove the six (silver-colored) screws
side-R assembly
and the base assembly .

44951501TH Rev.2

, the

4-17

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.20 Feed rollers

(1) Remove the cassette.
(2) Unlatch the feed rollers

Latch

44951501TH Rev.2

4-18

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.3 Locations to lubricate

This section shows the locations to lubricate. The other locations must not be lubricated.
Lubrication is not required during assembly or disassembly, except that, after lubricant is
wiped off locations, the appropriate lubricant specified must be applied to the locations.
Each number circled, accompanied with the number and name of a drawing indicates that
the lubrication work with the number is specified in the drawing.
Lubrication work
(1) Lubricant notations and names

EM-30L: Molykote EM-30L (part number 44498501)

HP-300: Molykote HP-300

PM: Pan motor oil 10W-40 or ZOA 10W-30

GE-334C: FLOIL GE-334C (part number 41823301)

SF-133: HANARL SF-133

(2) Grease boundary samples

Class

Amount applied (cc) 0.0005

W(mm)

1.24

0.003

0.005

0.01

0.03

0.05

0.1

2.25

2.67

3.37

4.86

5.76

7.26

Sample

44951501TH Rev.2

4-19

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

-1 44452301PA Side-R Assy.

-2 44452301PA Side-R Assy.

EM-30LP Class Bx2
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
to the whole circle of 2 places

EM-30LP Class Bx4

Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
to the whole circle of 4places
Gear-Idle-Belt

Gear-Reduct-Liftup-A
Gear-Liftup-D

Gear-Reduct-Belt
Bush-FU

Plate-BF-Caulking

44951501TH Rev.2

EM-30LP Class Bx4

Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
to the whole circle of
4places

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
to the whole circle of
hatched areas.
(Shaft end surface side).

Grease prohibition

Plate-BF-Caulking

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
to the whole circle of hatched
areas. (Shaft end surface
side).

4-20

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

-3 44452301PA Side-R Assy.

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount
of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP)
to the whole circle of
hatched areas. (Shaft
end surface side).

-4 44452301PA Side-R Assy.

EM-30LP Class B x2
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
to the whole circle of gear
teeth (2 places).

Gear-Reduct-FU
Gear-Idle-FUA
Gear-Idle-FUB
EM-30LP Class B
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
to the whole circle of gear
teeth (2 places).

Gear-Idle-Exit-A
Gear-Planet

Gear-Liftup-A
Motor-DC-FU

Gear-Idle-Exit-A

Plate-BF-Caulking

EM-30LP Class B Apply

a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
to the whole circle of
gear teeth (2 places).
EM-30LP Class B Apply a
normal amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the whole circle
of gear teeth (2 places).

Grease prohibition

44951501TH Rev.2

Gear-Idle-DUP

Grease prohibition

Grease prohibition

4-21

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

-5 44452301PA Side-R Assy.

-6 44452301PA Side-R Assy.

EM-30LP Class A
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the hatched areas.

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
to the whole circle of hatched areas (Shaft end
eurface side).

Link-Liftup-R

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP)
to the gear tooth tops.
EM-30LP Class A
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the hatched areas.

Plate-Gear-Caulking

Gear-Reduct-ID

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
to the whole circle of gear teeth (4
places).

44951501TH Rev.2

EM-30LP Class A
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the hatched areas.

Grease prohibition

EM-30LP Class A
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the hatched areas.

Gear-Idle-IDS

4-22

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

44452401PA Side-L Assy.

44452601PA Sensor Assy.-Regist

EM-30LP Class A
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the hatched areas.

Plate-Position-Caulking

Frame-Shutter

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP)
to the gear tooth tops.
Rack-L

EM-30LP Class A
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the hatched areas.

EM-30LP Class B
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to the
hatched areas (bearing portion).

EM-30LP Class A
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the hatched areas.

44951501TH Rev.2

4-23

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

-1 44452701PA Front Assy.-Reg/Hop

-2 44452701PA Front Assy.-Reg/Hop

EM-30LP Class A
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
Note :1
(EM-30LP) to the hatched areas.
(Side of roller and ditch of shaft)
(The other side is also the same. : Two
places in total)

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to
the hatched areas (Shaft end
surface side).

Shaft-Idle-Dup
Roller-Pitch

Roller-Pressure
EM-30LP Class B
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to the
hatched areas (Center of shaft).

Shaft-Idle-Dup

Roller-Pitch
Roller-Regist

Note :1

Note :1

Frame-Regist

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to
the hatched areas (Shaft end
surface side).
Grease prohibition

44951501TH Rev.2

4-24

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

-3 44452701PA Front Assy.-Reg/Hop

-4 44452701PA Front Assy.-Reg/Hop

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to
the hatched areas (Shaft end
surface side).

Plate-Feed-A_Caulking

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to
the hatched areas (Shaft).

Shaft-Roller-Feed
Plate-Feed-A_Caulking
EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to
the hatched areas (Shaft end
surface side).

Roller-Feed

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to
the hatched areas (Shaft).

Plate-Feed-B_Caulking

44951501TH Rev.2

4-25

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

-5 44452701PA Front Assy.-Reg/Hop

44364101PA Eject Assy

Plate-Feed-B_Caulking

Gear-Idle_Exit(Z38)

Gear-Idle-Z35
EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to
the hatched areas
(Post end surface side).

Gear-Idle-MPT-Z35
EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM30LP) to surface of the post (bearing portion), the
flange portions.
Gear-Reduction-MPT-Z37-20

EM-30LP Class B x4
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to
the whole circle of gear teeth.
Of 4pcs

Frame Assy.-Regist

44951501TH Rev.2

4-26

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

-1 44453001PA Printer Unit-PX750

-3 44453001PA Printer Unit-PX750

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the hatched areas.

Plate-Assy.Side R

Spring-Torsion-L
Spring-Torsion-R
Cover-Top-Assy

Panmotoroil Class C
Apply a normal amount of Panmotoroil to
the portion of the slot of solid
coiling of this torsion-spring using a brush.

(2places)(Atbothsides)

-4 44453001PA Printer Unit-PX750

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the end face of Plate-L.
(hached areas)

-2 44453001PA Printer Unit-PX750

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the end face of Plate-L.
(hached areas)

Plate-Assy.Side L
EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the hatched areas.

44951501TH Rev.2

Plate-L

4-27

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

-5 44453001PA Printer Unit-PX750

44452501PA Base-Assy

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to the
end face of Plate-R.
(hatched areas)
EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to the
end face of Plate-R.
(hatched areas)

Plate-Base

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
to the sliding surface with
Drum Shaft. (hatched areas)

Roller-Feed-Dup

EM-30LP Class C x4
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM30LP) to the
hatching areas (Shaft)

GE-334C Class C
Apply a normal amount of
FLOIL (GE-334C) to
contact portion (4 places).

44951501TH Rev.2

Plate-L

4-28

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

44458601PA Belt-Unit

44381001PA Fuser-Assy

EM-30LP Class A x8pcs

Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM30LP) to the inside of BearingTR(Belt).
(Both sides, total 8 places)

Cam-Release
EM-30LP Class C x2pcs
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM30LP) to
bearin portion (Both side).

Roller-TR

Lever-Release

Roller-Idle

Spring-TR
Grease prohibition at the
Cam-R area.

Plate-Side R-Caulking (Fuser)

EM-30LP Class B
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM30LP) to
the whole circle of gear teeth
(2 places).

Roller-Drive

Grease prohibition at the

post.
Gear-Idle-(Z35)

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM30LP) to
bearin portion (Both side).
GE-334C Class C
Apply a normal amount of FLOIL
(GE-334C) to bearin portion (2 places).

Grease prohibition to
the Gears.

Gear-Idle-(Z21)

Roller-Drive
EM-30LP Class B
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM30LP)
to the whole circle of gear teeth (2 places).

44951501TH Rev.2

4-29

4.REPLACEMENT OF PARTS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

-1 44453701PA Cover-Assy.-Rear

44359201PA Frame-Assy.-MPT
EM-30LP Class B
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to
the hatched areas. (Center of shaft)

SF-133 Class B
Apply a normal amount of HANAL (SF-133)
to the hatched areas.

Stacker-FU_Base

Hatched areas

Leave it for about 3 minutes (drying time) after painting HANAL SF-133, and then
assemble the Cover-Assy.-Stacker.

-2 44453701PA Cover-Assy.-Rear
Note:1

Cover-Rear

Roller-Pitch
Note:1

Shaft-Idle-Dup

Spring-Torsion-Pitch
Note:1 EM-30LP Class A

Apply a normal amount of

MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to the
hatched areas.
(Side of roller and ditch of shaft)
(The other side is also the same. :
Two places in total)

Hatched areas
SF-133 Class B
Apply a normal amount of HANAL (SF-133)
to the hatched areas.

44951501TH Rev.2

Shaft-Idle Dup
Roller-Pitch

4-30

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS
C301/C302/C331/C511/C531 can be adjusted by using Maintenance Utility, or button operation on its operator panel.
The printer has maintenance menus in addition to general menus. The menus intended for adjustment purposes should be selected.
5.1 System Maintenance menu (for maintenance personnel).............5-2
5.2 Maintenance Utility........................................................................5-4
5.3 User maintenance menu functions................................................5-6
5.4 Setup after part replacement.......................................................5-26
5.5 Manual density adjustment operation..........................................5-28
5.6 Printer ADMIN MENU..................................................................5-29

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.1 System Maintenance menu (for maintenance personnel)

By turning on each printer while holding down
and
, its System Maintenance menu is
started. The menu is displayed only in English irrespective of the destination of the printer.
Note: The menu allows for changes such as the printers destination changes, and is
transparent to end-users of the printer.

Category Item (1st Line)

Value
DF
(2nd Line)

CONFIG
MENU

CODESET

TYPE1
TYPE2

TEST
PRINT
MENU

TEST PRINT
MENU

ENABLE
DISABLE

FUSE
KEEP
MODE

FUSE KEEP
MODE

EXECUTE

PERSONALITY
(Only
C531dn)

IBM 5577

ENABLE
DISABLE

Table 5-1: Maintenance menu display table

Category Item (1st Line)

Value
DF
(2nd Line)

Function

SYSTEM
MAINTE

ENTER
PASSWORD

****** ****** 000 Enters a password to enter the System

000 Maintenance menu. The default for this item is
000000. Six to 12 alphanumeric characters can
be entered for the item.

OKIUSER

OKIUSER

ODA
OEL
APS
JP1
JPOEM1
OEMA
OEML

MAINTENANCE
MENU

Sets a destination.
JPOEM1: OEM in Japan
OEMA: A4-default Overseas OEM
OEML: Letter-default Overseas OEM
The printer automatically reboots after this
menu is exited.
Display condition:
The security SD card function is disabled.

SD CARD
FORMAT
(Only C531)

EXECUTE

Initializes an SD card. When executed, this

menu is exited and starts initializing an SD card.
Display condition:
The printer has the SD card installed on it
(ADMIN MENU-FILE SYS MAINTE-SD CARD
is set to ENABLE).

FLASH
FORMAT

EXECUTE

Displays the following confirmation message in

response to the press of the OK button:
ARE YOU SURE?
YES/NO
NO restores the previous menu display when
selected. When selected, YES exits this menu,
starting formatting the installed resident (onboard) flash device.
* Never use this item.

MENU RESET

44951501TH Rev.2

EXECUTE

Resets the information in the EEPROM to

factory default settings. The printer automatically
reboots after change to the default settings.
* This does not initialize some special items.

IBM PPR III XL

ENABLE
DISABLE

EPSON FX

ENABLE
DISABLE

HP-GL/2

ENABLE
DISABLE

Function
Displayed for all the destinations of the printer.
TYPE1: Disables Russian, Grease and
Bulgarian (language file downloading). This
value uses English for the operator panel
language when the printer already has any of
the three languages downloaded.
TYPE2: Enables Russian, Grease and
Bulgarian.
The printer automatically reboots after this
menu is exited. The default for this item is
TYPE2 when the printer's destination is OEL/
APS/OEMA, and TYPE1 when it is not OEL/
APS/OEMA.
Sets whether or not to display PRT CHK PATN
and ENG STATUS PRINT in the USER MENUPRINT INFORMATION category. This item
always does not display PRT ID CHK PATN or
ENG STATUS PRINT when set to DISABLE.
When this menu is exited after change of the
setting for the item, the printer restarts.
Places the printer online after a command is
issued from the CU to PU by pressing the OK
button. With the printer turned on, consumables
of the printer can be replaced with new ones,
and then the printer can be checked for proper
operation (where, not breaking the new ones
fuses, the printer adds no operation counts
to the life of the consumables replaced with
the new ones). Turning off the printer ends the
check mode. Turning it on next time disables the
mode.
Does not allow USER MENU-SYS CONFIG
MENU-PERSONALITY to display PDL
languages for which DISABLE is set with
this menu. When receiving print data in such
languages, the printer displays INVALID
DATA, discarding the data. When the printer's
destination is Japan and IBM PPR III XL and
EPSON FX is set to ENABLE, no operation of
the printer is assured.

5-2

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Category Item (1st Line)

Value
DF
(2nd Line)
-

CHANGE
PASSWORD

Function
Changes a password. Pressing the OK button
for this menu displays NEW PASSWORD and
VERIFY PASSWORD, allowing for entry of a
new password.

NEW
PASSWORD

****** ****** -

Sets a new password to enter the System

Maintenance menu. Six to 12 alphanumeric
characters can be entered for this item.

VERIFY
PASSWORD

****** ****** -

Prompts a user to verify and enter again

the new password that was set for NEW
PASSWORD to enter the System Maintenance
menu. Six to 12 alphanumeric characters can
be entered for this item.

ENGINE
DIAG
MODE

44951501TH Rev.2

Enters the engine self-diagnostic mode.

5-3

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.2 Maintenance Utility

The adjustments described in table 5-2 should be made by using Maintenance Utility.
The following details the utility:

Option

(1) Maintenance Utility Operating Manuals:

42678801FU01 1.37.0 or higher (Japanese)
42678801FU02 Rev. 1.37.0 or higher (English)

Windows 2000/XP/Vista/7
(Japanese/English)

File name
MuWin.zip

Switches between the Factory and

Shipping modes.
Purpose: To configure a maintenance
replacement PU board onto which the
CU/PU board information cannot be
copied with the board replacement
function (e.g. due to an interface error).
The maintenance board is put to the
Factory mode usually by default and,
by using this function, must be set to
the Shipping mode.

2.4.1.1.10.4

4 Board
option setup
information

Checks serial number information and

the Factory/Shipping mode.

2.4.1.1.7

Unavailable

5 USB
software
update

Updates the USB software.

2.4.2.2.1

Unavailable

2.4.2.2.17

Unavailable

Part number
42678801FW01 Rev. 1.37.0 or
higher

Table 5-2: Adjustment options in Maintenance Utility

Option
1 Board
replacement

2 Serial
number
setting

Adjustment

Section in
Maintenance
Utility
Operating
Manual

Copies information in the EEPROM in

the PU block, and the settings in the
EEPROM in the CU block.
Purpose: To copy the above data onto
a CU/PU board with which to replace
the CU/PU board for a maintenance
purpose.

2.4.1.1.9

Rewrites the serial number recorded in

the PU block and selects and rewrites
the printer serial number recorded in
the CU block and rewrites the output
mode recorded in it.
Purpose: To configure a maintenance
replacement PU/CU board onto which
the CU/PU board information cannot
be copied with the board replacement
function (e.g. due to an interface error).

2.4.1.1.10.3

44951501TH Rev.2

Operation from
operator panel
(section in this
maintenance
manual)
Unavailable

Unavailable

Operation from
operator panel
(section in this
maintenance
manual)

3 Factory/
Shipping
mode

(2) Maintenance Utility program:

Applicable operating system

Adjustment

Section in
Maintenance
Utility
Operating
Manual

6 NIC software Updates the NIC software.

update

5.3.2.10

7 MAC
address
setting

Sets the MAC address.

2.4.2.2.5

Unavailable

8 Consumable
counter
maintenance
function

Copies the consumable counters:

Image drum counters (Y, M, C and K)
Fuser counter
Belt counter
Toner counters (Y, M, C and K)
Purpose: To copy the counter value of
each consumable in use in the printer
to use in another printer.

2.4.1.2.1

Unavailable

9 Destination/ Sets and checks the printer's (CU)

PnP informa- destination, device identification and
USB identification.
tion setup

2.4.1.2.9

5.4.3

5-4

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Option

Adjustment

Section in
Maintenance
Utility
Operating
Manual

Operation from
operator panel
(section in this
maintenance
manual)

10 Password
initialization

Initializes a password.

2.4.2.2.13

11 Network
log storage
function

Stores a network log file.

2.4.2.2.14

Unavailable

12 PU log file
storage
function

Stores a PU log file

2.4.2.2.16

Unavailable

13 Consumable Checks the current consumable

counter values.
counter
display

2.4.1.3.1

5.1 (ENG STATUS

PRINT)

14 Menu setting Displays the menu settings set on the

check
printer (CU).

2.4.1.3.2

Print a configuration
report (Menu
Map) (refer to user
documentation).

15 Printer
information
check

Checks the MAC address and each

firmware version.

2.4.1.3.3

Print a configuration
report (Menu
Map) (refer to user
documentation).

16 CPU and
Memory
value check

Checks the information on the printer's

installed (CU) CPU and memory.

2.4.1.3.4

Print a configuration
report (Menu
Map) (refer to user
documentation).

17 Test print

Executes the local print function and

sends a specified file.
Purpose: To check the printer for
operation it performs solely and send a
download file.

2.4.1.4.1

18 Switch scan
test

Executes the switch scan test.

Purpose: To check each sensor for
operation.

2.4.1.5.1

19 Motor clutch
test

Executes the motor clutch test.

Purpose: To check each item, such as
a motor or clutch, for operation.

2.4.1.5.2

20 Color
registration
adjustment
test

Executes the color registration

adjustment test.

2.4.1.5.3

21 Density
adjustment
test

Executes the density adjustment test.

2.4.1.5.4

44951501TH Rev.2

Option

Adjustment

22 Auto density Sets an auto density setting control

parameter.
adjustment
control
parameter
setting (never
use this
option)

Section in
Maintenance
Utility
Operating
Manual

Operation from
operator panel
(section in this
maintenance
manual)

Never use
this option.

23 Counter
display

Checks the consumable, continuous

consumable and waste toner counters.

2.4.1.5.6

24 Local
parameter
setting

Switches between the Factory and

Shipping modes and checks the status
of the fuse.

2.4.1.5.7

25 Engine
parameter
setting

Makes an engine parameter setting.

2.4.1.5.8

26 Media
transfer
parameter
setting

Makes a print media transfer parameter

setting.

2.4.1.5.9

Note: Do not operate or set options added with Never use this option, or a
malfunction is potentially caused.

Perform local printing

(refer to System
Specification).

5-5

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3 User maintenance menu functions

5.3.1 Maintenance menu (for end-users)

Operator panel display

Category

The maintenance menu category is a general menu category (not the system maintenance
menu).
The following is the options available in the maintenance menu:

MAINTENANCE
MENU

Option
Setting
(upper display) (lower display)
POWER SAVE

ENABLE
DISABLE

Maintenance Menu
Default setting in shade area

SLEEP

ENABLE
DISABLE

Operator panel display

Category
MAINTENANCE
MENU

Option
Setting
(upper display) (lower display)
MENU RESET

SAVE MENU

RESTORE
MENU

44951501TH Rev.2

EXECUTE

EXECUTE

EXECUTE

Description

AUTO PW
OFF

Resets the CU EEPROM. This option restores

the USER MENU settings to the factory
defaults. EXECUTE exits this menu when
selected.
Stores currently-made menu settings. This
option stores menu settings made when it is
last executed, and overwrites with them those
it stored before that. The option displays the
following confirmation message when the OK
button is pressed:
ARE YOU SURE?
YES/NO
NO restores the previous menu display when
selected. When selected, YES stores the
currently-made menu settings, exiting this
menu.
Restores stored menu settings. The option
displays the following confirmation message
when the OK button is pressed:
ARE YOU SURE?
YES/NO
NO restores the previous menu display when
selected. When selected, YES restores the
stored menu settings, exiting this menu.
* The option is not executed while the printer
has print data.

ENABLE
AUTOCONFIG
DISABLE

PAPER BLACK
SET

PAPER COLOR
SET

SMR SETTING

+1
+2
-2
-1

+1
+2
-2
-1
-3
-2
-1
0

Description
Sets whether to enable or disable the Power
Save mode. The time to establish the power
saving mode when ENABLE is selected can
be changed with SYS CONFIG MENU-"POW
SAVE TIME".
Sets whether to enable or disable the Sleep
mode. The time to establish the mode when
ENABLE is selected can be changed with
SYS CONFIG MENU-"SLEEP TIME".
Set the behavior of Auto Power Off.
DISABLE: Invalidate to go Off mode by time.
AUTO CONFIG: The printer does not go to Off
mode when LAN cable is connected, goes to
Off mode when USB is connected.
ENABLE: The printer goes to Off mode even if
LAN cable is connected.
Used for fine adjustment when visible faded
black print or a white horizontal dotted line
results on plain paper. Decrease the setting
when such specks or snow flake-like print
occurs in a high-density print area. Increase
the setting when faded print occurs.
Used for fine adjustment when visible faded
color print or a white horizontal dotted line
results on plain paper. Decrease the setting
when such specks or snow flake-like print
occurs in a high-density print area. Increase
the setting when faded print occurs.
Corrects print variations that occur due to
temperature and humidity environment, print
density or print frequency variation. Change
the setting when an uneven print quality
occurs.

+1
+2
+3

5-6

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.2 Self-diagnostic mode

Operator panel display

Category

Option
Setting
(upper display) (lower display)
BG SETTING

-3
-2
-1
0
+1
+2
+3

Description

This section describes LEVEL 0 and LEVEL 1.

Corrects print variations that occur due to
temperature and humidity environment, print
density or print frequency variation. Change
the setting when a dark background occurs.

5.3.2.1 Operator Panel

The following operational description on the self-diagnostic is premised on the following
operator panel layout:

MENU

ON LINE
POWER SAVE
CANCEL
READY ATTENTION

44951501TH Rev.2

5-7

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Self-diagnostic
mode layout (entire)

(1) Menu option switching

Only while displayed as shown in a shaded area ( XXXXX ),
the level of the self-diagnostic mode can be switched.
or
is
used to switch to the option in a non-shaded area ( XXXXX ).

(1) Menu option switching

LEVEL0

POWER ON

No buttons pressed

and held down until System Maintenance

menu appears. Then ENGINE DIAG MODE
selected and OK pressed.

held down (for two

seconds)

Normal operation mode

and ONLINE held LEVEL1-ENGINE DIAG MODE XX.XX
LEVEL0- engine status
down in combination
display
SWITCH SCAN
(for three seconds)
Engine status display
MOTOR & CLUTCH TEST
(Heater temperature)
TEST PRINT
, , OK and
(Ambient temperature and
REG
ADJUST TEST
pressed in
humidity display)
DENS
ADJ TEST
combination
Voltage display during printing
CONSUMABLE STATUS
momentarily
(TR, CH, DB or SB)
PRINTER STATUS
Toner sensor
FACTORY MODE SET
Waste toner sensor
SENSOR SETTING
RFID internal noise motor
LED HEAD DATA
Error detail
NVRAM PARAMETER

or ONLINE or momentarily pressing

or
switches
Holding down
or
is used to
between the options in shaded areas ( XXXXX ).
switch between the options in non-shaded areas ( XXXXX ). Holding
down
restores the display that selects an option.

Voltage display
during printing
Transfer (TR)
voltage (1) *1
Transfer (TR)
voltage (2) *1
Charge (CH)
voltage
Supply (SB)
voltage
Development
(DB) voltage
Environment level
After time-based
adjustment
Before timebased adjustment
Time-based
correction value
Vtr3

Engine status display

Heater temperature
Ambient temperature and
humidity
Setting table
Transfer voltage
Transfer-off voltage and belt
temperature
Side thermistor

Toner sensor
Toner sensor
status monitor
display

Waste toner
sensor
Waste toner
sensor status
monitor display

ONLINE held down (for two seconds)

Error detail
Appropriate display, such as error code display

RFID internal noise

motor
Display of number
of times of noise
detection, K toner error
Display of number
of times of noise
detection, Y toner error
Display of number
of times of noise
detection, M toner
error
Display of number
of times of noise
detection, C toner
error

Motor control
evaluation function
Registration motor
constant-speed timer
value and ambient
temperature
Fuser motor constantspeed timer value
and target fuser
temperature
Image drum motor
constant-speed timer
value
Belt motor constantspeed timer value

*1: Pressing the CANCEL button switches between colors.

44951501TH Rev.2

5-8

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(1) Menu option switching
LEVEL1

or is used to select the option shown in a shaded area ( XXXXX ), and pressing OK executes the option. OK or
is used to switch to the option in a non-shaded area
( XXXXX ), and, after that, or is used to select an option. A selected test is executed by pressing OK, and ended by pressing .
[]
[]
[]

SWITCH
SCAN
PAPER ROUTE :
PU

[]

MOTOR &
CLUTCH
TEST
ID MOTOR

TONER SENS

BELT MOTOR

CVO UP_LU_FU

FUSER MOTOR

REG L/
R_OHP_WG
HT
THERMISTER
HUM_TEMP
_DEN
BELT_T
ID UP/DOWN
TAG COLOR
DISTONER
FULL_BOX
T1 PE_PNE_
CVO_CA
T1 HOP_LIFT
T2 PE_PNE_
CVO_CA
T2
HOP_LF_FED
DUP RA_FNT

REGIST MOTOR
T1 HOPPING
MOTOR
FRONT MOTOR
REGIST
SHUTTER
DUPLEX
MOTOR
DUPLEX
CLUTCH
T2 HOPPING
MOTOR
T2 FEED
CLUTCH
ID UP/DOWN
LV FAN TEST
ID FAN TEST
FRONT FAN
TEST

[]
[]

TEST PRINT
PRINT
EXECUTE

[]
[]

TEST
PATTERN
TEST
CASSETTE
*1

REG ADJUST
TEST
REG ADJ
EXECUTE

[]
[]

REG ADJ RSLT

SNS CARIBRAT (L)

FINE ADJ Y [Y-L]

SNS CARIBRAT (R)

FINE ADJ Y [Y-L]

D-RANGE (L) Y,M,C

FINE ADJ Y [Y-R]

D-RANGE (R) Y,M,C

FINE ADJ Y [Y-R]

Note:
Note:
CRSE ADJ Y L,R,X
Refer to a Switch Scan A motor is kept running by
CRSE ADJ M L,R,X
test sheet.
holding down the OK button
CRSE ADJ C L,R,X
(for two seconds) to determine FINE ADJ Y L,R,X
the motor.
FINE ADJ M L,R,X

FINE ADJ Y [X-L]

FINE ADJ Y [X-R]
FINE ADJ M [Y-L]
FINE ADJ M [Y-L]
FINE ADJ M [Y-R]
FINE ADJ M [Y-R]

REG ADJ Y L,R,X

FINE ADJ M [X-L]

REG ADJ M L,R,X

FINE ADJ M [X-R]

REG ADJ C L,R,X

FINE ADJ C [Y-L]

CRSE ADJ Y [Y-L]

FINE ADJ C [Y-L]

CRSE ADJ Y [Y-R]

FINE ADJ C [Y-R]

CRSE ADJ Y [X]

FINE ADJ C [Y-R]

CRSE ADJ M [Y-L]

FINE ADJ C [X-L]

CRSE ADJ M [Y-R]

FINE ADJ C [X-R]

CRSE ADJ C [X]

[]

FUSE INTACT
*6

C-TONER (FULL)

FACTORY MODE

Y-STC MODE CNT

FACTORY MODE

A factory working mode.

SHIPPING MODE

Deselects a factory working mode.

C-STC MODE CNT

M OVER RIDE CNT

LEV0 V/D OUT RD

C OVER RIDE CNT

LEV0 V/D OUT YMC

L_DUTY DENS-K

Options below FACTORY MODE SET option *5

K-STC MODE CNT

M-STC MODE CNT

Note:
A parameter reset is
performed by holding
down the OK button (for 10
seconds).

[]

SENSOR
SETTING
TONER
SENSOR
BELT UNIT
CHECK

UP/DOWN
SENSOR

Y-TONER (FULL)
M-TONER (FULL)

[]

[]
[]

LED HEAD
DATA
K

[]
[]

NVRAM
PARAMETER
CLEAR

Y
M
C

ID UNIT
CHECK

TR BELT UNIT

LEV0 V/D OUT K

H_DUTY DENS-C

FACTORY MODE

TOTAL SHEETS CNT

Y OVER RIDE CNT

H_DUTY DENS-M

Y-IMPRESSIONS
C-IMPRESSIONS

LEV0 V/D OUT YMC

H_DUTY DENS-Y

[]

C-ID UNIT

K OVER RIDE CNT

H_DUTY DENS-K

K-IMPRESSIONS

FACTORY
MODE SET

M-ID UNIT

DENS ADJ RESULT

LEV0 V/D OUT K

[]

PRINTER STATUS

*5

K-TONER (FULL)

Density adjustment test result

display items below option marked
with *3:

[]

M-IMPRESSIONS

AUTO
CALIBRATION
AUTO CALIB
BLACK

[]

Y-ID UNIT

FUSER UNIT

Color registration adjustment test result

display items below option marked with
*2:

CRSE ADJ C [Y-R]

K-ID UNIT

DENS ADJ
RESULT *3

*1: TRAY2 is displayed

only when the printer
has the tray 2 in it.

CRSE ADJ C [Y-L]

[]

CONSUMABLE
STATUS

DENS ADJ PARSET

DUPLEX

CRSE ADJ M [X]

DENS ADJ
EXECUTE

[]

BLT REFLECT TEST

COLOR

FINE ADJ C L,R,X

DENS ADJ
TEST

REG ADJ RESULT

*2
BLT REFLECT
RESULT

PAGE

[]

ENGINE DIAG LEVEL1

Note: A parameter determination is made by holding

down the OK button (for three seconds).
Options below FUSE INTACT option *6
FUSE INTACT
BELT UNIT

INTACT: Has not be blown./BLOWN:

Already blown.

FUSE UNIT

INTACT: Has not be blown./BLOWN:

Already blown.

ID UNIT

INTACT: Has not be blown./BLOWN:

Already blown.

L_DUTY DENS-Y

REG ADJ
ERROR
DRUM OVER
LIFE
WR POINT
REV

LED head serial

number display
n 01 23 45 6789
1234567890123

n: K, Y, M, C

BOTTOM
WRT POINT

Note:
A parameter determination is
made by holding down the OK
button (for three seconds).

L_DUTY DENS-M
L_DUTY DENS-C
FINAL DENS-K
FINAL DENS-Y
FINAL DENS-M
FINAL DENS-C
DB DENS VALUE
DELTA-K 01=#***
DELTA-K 04=#***

DENS-Y

DELTA-K 07=#***

DENS-M

DELTA-Y 01=#***

DENS-C

DELTA-Y 04=#***

BEF COL STD=***H

DELTA-Y 07=#***

AFT COL STD=***H

DELTA-M 01=#***

BEF BLK STD=***H

DELTA-M 04=#***

AFT BLK STD=***H

DELTA-M 07=#***
DELTA-C 01=#***
DELTA-C 04=#***
DELTA-C 07=#***
DENS-K

44951501TH Rev.2

5-9

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.2.2 Normal self-diagnostic mode (level 1)

5.3.2.2.1 Entering self-diagnostic mode (level 1)

The following is the normal self-diagnostic mode menu:

Option

Self-diagnostic menu
item

Adjustment

Maintenance
Utility

Note: Entering the System Maintenance mode of C301/C321/C331/C511/C531

requires a password. Refer to table 5-1 (C301/C321/C331/C511/C531 ).

Switch scan test

SWITCH SCAN

Performs input sensor and

switch checking.

No. 18

1. By turning on the printer while holding down

System Maintenance mode.

Motor and clutch

test

MOTOR&CLTCH
TEST

Tests motor and clutch

operation.

No. 19

2. Press
or
more than one time until ENGINE DIAG MODE appears. Then
press the OK button, and DIAGNOSTIC MODE appears.

Test printing

TEST PRINT

Prints a test pattern stored in

the PU.

Unavailable

Color registration
adjustment test

REG ADJUST
TEST

Judges the color registration

adjustment mechanism as
pass or fail.

No. 20

Density adjustment
test

DENS ADJ TEST

Judges the density adjustment

mechanism as pass or fail.

No. 21

Consumable
counter display

CONSUMABLE
STATUS

Displays consumable usage.

No. 23

Consumable life
counter display

PRINTER STATUS

Displays consumable life.

No. 23

Factory/Shipping
mode setting

FACTORY MODE
SET

Switches between the Factory

and Shipping modes

No. 3,
No. 24

Fuse status display

Displays the status of the

fuses.

No. 24
No. 25

10 Engine parameter
setting

SENSOR SETTING

Sets whether to enable

or disable error detection
performed by each sensor.

11 NVRAM parameter
setting

NVRAM
PARAMETER

Must not be used.

44951501TH Rev.2

and

in combination, enter the

DIAGNOSTICMODE
XX.XX.XX

F-MODE/S-MODE

3. XX.XX.XX on the LCD display identifies the version of the PU firmware. The
setting for FACTORY WORKING MODE is provided in the right portion of the
lower display. The setting is normally S-MODE, which identifies Shipping.
4. Press
or
to go to each self-diagnostic step (pressing
next or preceding menu option).

or

displays the

5.3.2.2.2 Exiting self-diagnostic mode

1. Turn off the printer and, after 10 seconds, turn it on.

Unavailable

5-10

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.2.3 Switch scan test

The switch scan test is used for input sensor and switch checking.
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and, until SWITCH SCAN appears on
the upper display, press or ( displays the next test option and displays
the preceding test option). Then press the OK button.

Heater frame thermistor

Fuser thermistorupper
Exit sensor

Image drum up-down sensor

Toner sensor M
Toner sensor Y

Toner sensor C

Tag IC Y

Tag IC M

Tag IC C

Toner sensor K
Tag IC K

Cover-open switch

SWITCH SCAN
Y

or
until the option for unit(s) to test, which is shown in table 5-3,
2. Press
appears on the lower display (
displays the next option and
displays the
preceding option).

Entrance
sensor

3. Press the OK button. The switch scan test starts, the unit(s) name(s) and
current status(es) being displayed.

Tray-1
hopping
sensor

PAPER ROTE:PU

Tray-1
paper-end
sensor
Tray-2
entrance
sensor

1=H 2=L 3=H 4=L

Temperature
and humidity
sensor
Write sensor

Operate the unit(s) (figure 5-1). Display information in the appropriate area(s) of
the LCD display [the information varies depending on the sensor(s)].

4. Press the CANCEL button to restore the state for step 2.

5. Repeat steps 2 through 4 when necessary.
6. Press

to end the test (the state for step 1 is restored).

2nd tray hopping sensor

Duplex front sensor
Tray-1 detection sensor
Color registration sensor and density sensor
Tray-2 paper-end sensor
Fuser thermistor-lower

Duplex rear
sensor

Figure 5-1: Switch sensor locations

44951501TH Rev.2

5-11

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Table 5-3: SWITCH SCAN detail

Lower display shows asterisk (*) when function on upper display is unavailable
*1: An L is displayed when cover is open.
1

Upper Display

Detail

2
Lower display

PAPER ROUTE : PU

Detail

3
Lower display

Entrance sensor 1

H: No paper exists.
L: Paper exists.

Toner sensor Y

H: Light shielded.
L: Light reflected.

TONER SENS

Toner sensor K

H: Light shielded.
L: Light reflected.

CVO UP_LU_FU

Cover-open switch

H: Close.
L: Open.

REG L/R_OHP_WG

Color registration
sensor L

AD value: ***H

Color registration
sensor R

AD value: ***H

HT THERMISTER

Fuser thermistor upper

sensor

AD value: ***H

Fuser thermistor lower

sensor

AD value: ***H

HUM_TEMP_DEN 1

Humidity sensor

AD value: ***H

Temperature sensor

AD value: ***H

BELT_T

Belt thermistor

AD value: ***H

Detail

4
Lower display

TAG ID

UID:
***H

DISTONER FULL_BOX

Waste toner sensor

H: Light not reflected.

L: Light reflected.

T1 PE_PNE_CVO_CA

Tray-1 paper-end
sensor

H: No paper exists.
L: Paper exists.

T1 HOP_LIFT

Hopping sensor

H: No paper exists.
L: Paper exists.

T2 PE_PNE_CVO_CA

Tray-2 paper-end
sensor

H: No paper exists.
L: Paper exists.

T2 HOP_LF_FED

2nd-Hopping Sns

H: No paper exists.
L: Paper exists.

DUP RA_FNT

44951501TH Rev.2

TAG ID

Duplex rear sensor

UID:
***H

H: Light shielded.
L: Light reflected.

Lower display

Write sensor

H: No paper exists.
L: Paper exists.

Exit sensor

H: No paper exists.
L: Paper exists.

Toner sensor M

H: Light shielded.
L: Light reflected.

Toner sensor C

H: Light shielded.
L: Light reflected.

Face-up cover-open sensor

H: Close.
L. Open.

Heater frame thermistor

AD value: ***H

Density sensor (YMC)

AD value: ***H

ID UpDown Sns

H: Down.
L. Up.

TAG ID

UID:
***H

Cassette sensor

H. Cassette exists.
L. Cassette does not
exist.

Density sensor (K)

AD value: ***H

ID UP/DOWN
TAG COLOR

Detail

TAG ID

UID:
***H

Tray-2 entrance sensor

H: No paper exists.
L: Paper exists.

Duplex front sensor

H: No paper exists.
L: Paper exists.

5-12

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.2.4 Motor and clutch test

The motor and clutch test is used for motor and clutch testing.
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and, until MOTOR & CLUTCH TEST
appears on the upper display, press
or
(
displays the next test option
and displays the preceding test option). Then press the OK button.

Tray-1 registration clutch

Color (registration) shutter

Image drum up-down
clutch

2. Press
or
until the option for a unit to test, which is shown in table 5-4,
appears on the lower display (
displays the next option and
displays the
preceding option).

Tray-1 hopping motor

(registration motor, front motor)

Image drum cooling fan

Image drum motor

MPT clutch

MOTOR & CLUTCH TEST

ID MOTOR
3. Press the OK button. The motor and clutch test starts, the units the name
starting to blink, and the unit being driven for10 seconds (refer to figure 5-2).

Front
cooling
fan

Note: The state for step 2 is restored after the 10-second driving of the unit. The unit
is driven again by pressing an appropriate button.
The clutch solenoid repeatedly turns on and off in normal printing driving (a
motor is driven together with the solenoid when it cannot be driven solely
because of its mechanical structure). * ID UP/DOWN continues driving until
the CANCEL button is pressed.
The clutch solenoid is kept driven by holding down the OK button (for two
seconds) to determine a motor.
4. Press the CANCEL button to stop driving the unit (the display continues
indicating the unit).
5. Repeat steps 2 through 4 when necessary.
6. Press

to end the test (the state for step 1 is restored).

Rear cooling fan

Tray-2 registration
clutch

Duplex clutch

Fuser motor

Belt motor

Tray-2 hopping clutch

Tray-2 hopping motor

Figure 5-2

44951501TH Rev.2

5-13

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Table 5-4
Unit name displayed

Driving restriction

Remarks

ID MOTOR

All of the (black, yellow, magenta and cyan)

image drums must be removed.

BELT MOTOR

All of the (black, yellow, magenta and cyan)

image drums must be removed.

FUSER_MOTOR

REGIST MOTOR

T1 HOPPING MOTOR

FRONT MOTOR

REGIST SHUTTER

DUPLEX MOTOR

DUPLEX CLUTCH

T2 HOPPING MOTOR

Option

T2 FEED CLUTCH

Option

ID UP/DOWN

The top and front cover must be closed.

LV FAN TEST

ID FAN TEST

FRONT FAN TEST

Note: Display while ID UP/DOWN is in progress

MOTOR & CLUTCH TEST

ID UP/DOWN

***

***: Identifies the number of executions

Display after holding down REGIST SHUTTER OK button

MOTOR & CLUTCH TEST

SHT

***

***: Identifies the number of executions

44951501TH Rev.2

5-14

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.2.5 Test printing

Display

Settings

Function

The test printing is used for printing test patterns stored in the PU. The controller stores the
other patterns.

PRINT EXECUTE

Starts printing with the press of OK button, and

ends printing with the press of the CANCEL button.

The test printing cannot be used to check print quality.

TEST PATTERN

0

0: Prints a blank page.

1 to 7: - See the next section (pattern printing) 8 to 15: Each print a blank page.

TEST CASSETTE

TRAY1

Selects a paper source.

TRAY2 is not displayed when the tray 2 is not
installed.

See chapter 7 for diagnosing problem print images.

1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and, until TEST PRINT appears on the
upper display, press or ( displays the next test option and displays the
preceding option). Then press the OK button.
2. A setting option applied only to test printing appears on the lower display. Press
or
until a target option appears ( displays the next option and displays
the preceding option). Then press the OK button. [Go to step 5 when the options
do not need to be set (left set to their defaults)].
3. The setting option and its setting appear on the upper and lower displays,
respectively. Pressing
displays the next setting and pressing
displays the
to accept the
preceding setting (the setting last displayed is applied. Press
setting and return to step 2. Repeat step 3 when necessary.
TEST PATTERN

TRAY2
MPT
PAGE

0000

Sets the number of test copies to print.

COLOR

ON

Selects color or monochrome printing.

* ON and OFF are provided for each color when the
setting ON is specified.

OFF
DUPLEX

2 PAGES STACK
OFF
1PAGES STACK

A default is in a shaded area (

written into the EEPROM).

Performs duplex printing using a two pages layout.

Selects turning off duplex printing.
Performs duplex printing using a one page stack
layout.

). Set settings are enabled only in this test mode (not

1
Note: PAGE: Moves its input digit with
or . The setting for this option is
incremented by pressing the ONLINE button, and decremented
by pressing the CANCEL button. Note that, when left set, the
setting 0000 endlessly prints pages.
COLOR: When set to ON, with the press of the OK button, displays the
information shown below.

Setting option for printing colors: Moves its input position with
or
. The
setting for each color is switched between ON and OFF by the
press of the ONLINE or CANCEL button. The panel display is
restored to the previous one by pressing .
COLOR
ON

44951501TH Rev.2

Y:ON M:ON
C:ON K:ON

5-15

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4. With PRINT EXECUTE displayed on the lower display by the operation in step
2, pressing the OK button executes test printing by using the setting(s) made in
steps 2 and 3.

The test printing is cancelled by pressing the CANCEL button.

When detected in starting or performing the test printing, an alarm shown in the
Detail section of the following list is displayed on the operator panel, stopping
the printing (for error detail, refer to the operator panel display detail in section
5.3.2.14, where the messages displayed are different from those in PU test
printing).
Panel Display

Detail

PAPER END
SELECTED TRAY

No paper exists.

SELECTED TRAY IS
N
 OT INSTALLED

The selected tray is not

installed.

REMOVE PAPER
OUT OF DUPLEX

An internal error of the

duplex unit.

INSTALL CASSETTE TRAY

OPEN

A cassette is slid out.

Pattern 3

Pattern 4

Pattern 5

Pattern 6

Print patterns (cannot be used for print quality checking)

0 and 8 to 15: Each print a blank page.

Pattern 1

Note: Solid black print (pattern 7) is included

in the local printing function. An offset
occurs when it is output at 100% in
each color. To prevent this, the number
of the colors to print concurrently to
produce solid print copies of the No.
7 needs to be limited not more than
two by making print color settings as
instructed in step 3.

Pattern 2

44951501TH Rev.2

Pattern 7

5-16

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

The following message appears during printing:

The displays are switched by pressing

P=***

ETMP=***UTMP=***

W=***

REG=****EXT=***

P: Number of test print pages

W: Wait time
The displays are switched by pressing

T=*** U=***[###]
H=***%L=***[###]
U: Three asterisks (***) identifies a measured upper heater temperature (in
Celsius). Three sharp signs in square brackets ([###]) identifies a target
print temperature (in Celsius).
L: Three asterisks (***) identifies a measured lower heater temperature (in
Celsius). Three sharp signs in square brackets ([###]) identifies a read
lower thermistor AD value (in hex).
T: A measured ambient temperature (in Celsius).
H: A measured ambient humidity (in percent figures).
The displays are switched by pressing

ETMP: A parameter for correction of constant hopping motor speed (an

ambient temperature) (in decimal).
UTMP: A parameter for correction of constant fuser motor speed (a target
fusing temperature) (in decimal).
REG: A hopping motor constant-speed timer value (a set input/output value)
(in hex).
EXT: A fuser motor constant-speed timer value (a set input/output value) (in
hex).
The displays are switched to the following by pressing

ID: An image drum motor constant-speed timer value (a set input/output

value) (in hex).
The displays are switched pressing

BELT=****

MTR=*.** CTR=*.**

FRM [***] ( xxx )

The displays are switched by pressing

KR=*.** YR=*.**
MR=*.** CR=*.**
KR: A black transfer roller resistance value (in uA).
YR: A yellow transfer roller resistance value (in uA).
MR: A magenta transfer roller resistance value (in uA).
CR: A cyan transfer roller resistance value (in uA).
44951501TH Rev.2

ID=****

KTR=*.** YTR=*.**

YTR, MTR, CTR and KTR indicate the set transfer voltage values for colors,
respectively (in kV).

BELT: A belt motor constant-speed timer value (a set input/output value) (in
hex).
FRM: Three asterisks in square brackets ([***]) identifies a read frame
thermistor AD value (in hex).

Three cross signs in brackets ((xxx)) identifies a frame temperature (in
Celsius).
The displays are switched by pressing

DB:k**y**m**c**

DB: A developing voltage setting table identification number (in hex).

5-17

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

The displays are switched by pressing

TR1:k**y**m**c**
TR2:k**y**m**c**
TR1: A transfer voltage parameter VTR1 table identification number (in hex).
TR2: A transfer voltage parameter VTR2 table identification number (in hex).
The displays are switched by pressing

TROFF:**
BELT xxx(***)
TROFF: A transfer off voltage setting table identification number (in hex).
BELT: Three cross signs and a minus sign (xxx-) identifies a read belt
thermistor AD value (in hex).

Three asterisks and a minus sign (***-) identifies a belt temperature (in
hex).
5. Repeat steps 2 through 4 when necessary.
6. Press the CANCEL button to end the test (the state for step 1 is restored).

44951501TH Rev.2

5-18

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.2.6 Color registration adjustment test

Pressing the CANCEL button during the test cancels the test (turning on the
ONLINE lamp), restoring the state for step 2.

The color registration adjustment test is used for adjusting color registration or investigating
the causes of color misregistration.
Chapter 2 for an overview of color registration adjustment should be followed for recovery
from an error developed by the test.
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and, until the following message
appears, press or .
REG ADJUST TEST

When REG ADJ RESULT is executed:

Same button operations as used when REG ADJ EXECUTE is executed.
When BLT REFLECT TEST is executed:
A color registration adjustment belt reflection test starts (the ONLINE lamp
starts blinking).
When the test ends, the upper display shows the result of the test (OK or an
error name), the lower display shows ****RESULT.

OK
2. Press the OK button, and the following message appears. Press
target option appears.

or

BLT REFLECT RSLT

until a

REG ADJUST TEST

REG ADJ EXECUTE
3. Press the OK button, and the displayed test option is performed.
When REG ADJ EXECUTE is executed:
A color registration adjustment test starts (the ONLINE lamp starts blinking).

Pressing
displays the next test result. Pressing
displays the preceding
restores the state for step 2.
test result. Pressing
Pressing the CANCEL button during the test cancels the test (turning on the
ONLINE lamp), restoring the state for step 2.
When BLT REFLECT RSLT is executed:
Same button operations as used when BLT REFLECT TEST is executed.
Remark: While the printer is initialized or issues an alarm or the cover is open, it
displays the following message.

When the test ends, the upper display shows the result of the test (OK or an
error name), and the lower display shows ****RESULT.

NG
REG REFLECT RSLT

OK
REG ADJ RESULT
Pressing
displays the next test result. Pressing the
displays the
restores the state for step 2.
preceding test result. Pressing
Remark: While the printer is initialized or issues an alarm or the cover is open, it
displays the following message:

NG

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 when necessary.

5. Press

to end the test (the state for step 1 is restored).

Color registration adjustment test items

Display
REG ADJ EXECUTE

Executes color registration adjustment.

REG ADJ RESULT

Displays the result of color registration adjustment.

BLT REFLECT TEST

Judges whether color registration adjustment belt

reflection is proper or not

BLT REFLECT RSLT

Displays the result of color registration adjustment

belt reflection judgment.

REG ADJ RESULT

44951501TH Rev.2

Detail

5-19

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.2.7 Density adjustment test

When DENS ADJ PAR-SET is executed:

The setting for the density adjustment parameter is displayed.

The density adjustment test is used for performing a density adjustment function test and
displaying the result of it to judge whether the density adjustment mechanism is proper.
Chapter 2 for an overview of density adjustment should be followed for recovery from errors.
1. Enter the self-diagnostic-mode and, until the following message appears, press
or .

When AUTO CALIBRATION is executed:

The density sensor sensitivity correction value is automatically set (the
ONLINE lamp starts blinking).
When the test ends, the upper display shows the result of the test (OK or an
error name), the lower display shows ****RESULT.

OK

DENS ADJ TEST

DENS ADJ RESULT

2. Press the OK button, and the following message appears. Press

target option appears.

or

until a

DENS ADJ TEST

DENS ADJ EXECUTE

Pressing
displays the next test result. Pressing
displays the preceding
restores the sate for step 2.
test result. Pressing
Pressing the CANCEL button during the test cancels the test (turning on the
ONLINE lamp), restoring the state for step 2.
Remark: While the printer is initialized or issues an alarm or the cover is open, it
displays the following message:

NG
3. Press the OK button, and the displayed test option is performed:

DENS ADJ RESULT

When DENS ADJ EXECUTE is executed:

A density adjustment test starts (the ONLINE lamp starts blinking).

4. Repeat step 3 when necessary.

When the test ends, the upper display shows the result of the test (OK or an
error name), the lower display shows ****RESULT.

5. Press

OK
DENS ADJ RESULT
Pressing
the next test result. Pressing
displays the preceding test
restores the state for step 2.
result. Pressing
Pressing the CANCEL button during the test cancels the test (turning on the
ONLINE lamp), restoring the state for step 2.
When DENS ADJ RESULT is executed:
Same button operation as used when REG ADJ EXECUTE is executed.

44951501TH Rev.2

to end the test (the state for step 1 is restored).

Density adjustment test items

Display

Detail

DENS ADJ EXECUTE

Executes density adjustment.

DENS ADJ PAR-SET

Sets a control value for auto density adjustment.

DENS ADJ RESULT

Displays the result of density adjustment.

AUTO CALIBRATION

Automatically sets a density sensor sensitivity

correction value.

AUTO CALIB BLACK

Automatically sets a black density sensor sensitivity

correction value.

5-20

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.2.8 Consumable counter display

Upper display

Lower display

Format

Unit

The consumable counter display is used for viewing the usage of consumables.
1. Enter the normal self-diagnostic mode and, until CONSUMABLE STATUS
appears, press
or
(
displays the next test option and
displays the
preceding test option). Then press the OK button.

K-STC MODE
CNT

********TIMES

Decimal

Times

Y-STC MODE
CNT

********TIMES

Decimal

Times

2. Press
or
, and the usage of each consumable appears (the ONLINE or
CANCEL button is disabled).

M-STC MODE
CNT

********TIMES

Decimal

Times

C-STC MODE
CNT

********TIMES

Decimal

Times

K OVER RIDE
CNT

********TIMES

Decimal

Times

Y OVER RIDE
CNT

********TIMES

Decimal

Times

M OVER RIDE
CNT

********TIMES

Decimal

Times

C OVER RIDE
CNT

********TIMES

Decimal

Times

3. Press

to end the option (the state for step 1 is restored).

Upper display

Lower display

Format

Unit

Detail

K-ID UNIT

********IMAGES

Decimal Images

Y-ID UNIT

********IMAGES

Decimal Images

M-ID UNIT

********IMAGES

Decimal Images

C-ID UNIT

********IMAGES

Decimal Images

FUSER UNIT

********PRINTS

Decimal

TR BELT UNIT

********IMAGES

Decimal Images

Displays the number of pages

printed to date after the installation
of a new belt unit.

K-TONER
(FULL)

********%

Decimal

Each display the usage of toner of

a color.

Y-TONER
(FULL)

********%

Decimal

M-TONER
(FULL)

********%

Decimal

C-TONER
(FULL)

********%

Decimal

44951501TH Rev.2

Prints

Each display the number of

turns performed to date after the
installation of a new image drum
unit, converted on an A4 and
three-pages-per job basis.
Displays the number of pages
printed to date after the installation
of a new fuser unit.

Detail
Each display the print dot count
of toner of a color (life counter
value after the printer goes into
operation).

Each display the extension life

count of a toner cartridge.

5-21

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.2.9 Print counter display

5.3.2.10 Factory/Shipping mode setting

The print counter display is used for viewing print counter values.

The Factory/Shipping mode setting is used for switching from the Factory to Shipping mode.

1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode and, until PRINTER STATUS appears, press
or
( displays the next test option and displays the preceding test option).
Then press the OK button.
2. Press
or
disabled).
3. Press

, and each count is printed (the ONLINE or CANCEL button is

to end the option (the state for step 1 is restored).

Upper display

Lower display

Format

Unit

K********IMAGES
IMPRESSIONS

Decimal Images

Y********IMAGES
IMPRESSIONS

Decimal Images

M********IMAGES
IMPRESSIONS

Decimal Images

C********IMAGES
IMPRESSIONS

Decimal Images

TOTAL SHEET
CNT

Decimal

********COUNTS

Prints

Detail
Each display the number of a
color's pages printed.

1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode and, until the following message appears, press
or .
FACTORY MODE SET

or
, and the following message appears. Press
2. Press
option to set (refer to the table shown below) appears.

until an

FACTORY MODE
SHIPPING MODE

3. By pressing the OK button with the option on the display, a setting for the option
can be selected.
4. Hold down the OK button (for three seconds) with the display showing the
setting to set. The setting is stored in the EEPROM. The state for step 2 is
restored.
Displays the total number of pages
printed.

5. Repeat steps 2 through 4 when necessary.

6. Press
Display
FACTORY
MODE

44951501TH Rev.2

or

to end the option (the state for step 1 is restored).

Settings

Function

FACTORY MODE

Establishes the Factory mode (a fuse-cut disabling

mode).

SHIPPING MODE

Deselects the Factory mode to enable the fuse-cut

function.

FUSE INTACT

BELT UNIT ******

Displays the fuse status of the transfer belt unit.

Note: Six
asterisks
(******)
identifies
INTACT or
BLOWN.

FUSE UNIT ******

Displays the fuse status of the fuser.

I D UNIT ******

Displays the fuse status of an image drum unit.

5-22

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.2.11 Self-diagnostic function setup

Display

The self-diagnostic function setup is used for enabling or disabling the error detection by
sensors. The detection can be enabled or disabled temporarily for troubleshooting. Allowing
for setting engine operation options for which expert knowledge is required to be handled,
these self-diagnostic setup should be used carefully.
Be sure to restore the default settings of used options of the self-diagnostic function setup.
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode and, until the following message appears, press
or .

ID UNIT
CHECK

U
 P/DOWN
SENSOR

REG ADJUST
ERROR

SENSOR SETTING
DRUM OVER
LIFE

2. Press
or
, and the following message appears. Press
option to set (refer to the table shown below) appears.

or

until an

TONER SENSOR
ENABLE

3. A setting can be selected on the lower display by pressing the OK button.

displays the next setting and displays the preceding setting.

Settings

Behavior

Function

E
 NABLE

Performs checking.

DISABLE

Does not perform

checking.

Enables or disables the image drum

installation checking operation.

ENABLE

Performs detection.

DISABLE

Does not perform

detection.

ENABLE

Has the printer to

pause.

DISABLE

Does not have the

printer to pause.

STOP

Does not extend

life.

CONTINUANCE Extends life.

Enables or disables the image drum

up-down sensor operation.
Enables or disables the error display
based on a color misregistration
detection value.
Sets whether to enable or disable
extending image drum life at the
end of the life.

WR POINT
REV
TBL=**H
*.***mm

00H FFH

A correction value.

Adds a correction value for the

default writing point.

BOTTOM
WRT POINT
TBL=**H
*.***mm

00H FFH

A tear-off value.

Sets a tear-off length from the

bottom edge of paper.

Default is in hatched area

4. Hold down the OK button (for three seconds) with the display showing the
setting to set. The setting is stored in the EEPROM. The state for step 2 is
restored.
5. Repeat steps 2 through 4 when necessary.
6. Press
to end setting the option (except where not in step 4) (the state for
step 1 is restored).
Display
TONER
SENSOR
BELT UNIT
CHECK

44951501TH Rev.2

Settings

Behavior

ENABLE

Performs detection.

DISABLE

Does not perform

detection.

E
 NABLE

Performs checking.

DISABLE

Does not perform

checking.

Function
Enables or disables the toner
sensor operation.
Enables or disables the belt
installation checking operation.

5-23

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.2.12 LED head serial number display

The LED head serial number display is used for viewing whether downloaded data about
LED heads agrees with the serial numbers marked on the LED heads.
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode and, until LED HEAD DATA appears, press
or
.
displays the next test option and
displays the preceding test option).
Then press the OK button.
2. Press
or
appears.
3. Press

, and each of the K, Y, M and C LED head data serial numbers

to end the option (the state for step 1 is restored).

K ** ** ** ****
xxxxxxxxxxxxx

5.3.3 Various types of printing on stand-alone basis

Menu Map printing
Prints information about program versions and the configuration of the control block.
Operation:

With the printer placed online, press the OK button once to display
INFORMATION MENU.
Press the OK button to display MENU MAP PRINT EXECUTE.

Press the OK button.

Network information printing
Operation:

With the printer placed online, press the OK button once to display
INFORMATION MENU.

**********
: A revision number.
xxxxxxxxxxxxx : A serial number

Press the OK button.

Press more than one time to display NETWORK/EXECUTE.

Press the OK button.
Demo printing
Prints an each destinations demo pattern of contained in the ROM.
Operation:

With the printer placed online, press the OK button once to display
INFORMATION MENU.
Press the OK button.

Press more than one time to display DEMO1/EXECUTE.

Press the OK button.

44951501TH Rev.2

5-24

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

5.3.4 Button functions at power-on

C301/C302/C331/C511/C531 has the following button functions operated when turned on.
When held down until the upper and lower LCD displays show PAM CHECK and three or
four asterisks (****), respectively, the following buttons work.
(1)

(2)

(3)

, ONLINE and CANCEL buttons

Start a CU program, starting no objects added, for example, in the download mode.
and
Start the System Maintenance menu.
,

and OK button

Ignoring all warnings and errors, start the printer, always placing it to a mode where
it is placed online.

(4) ONLINE button

Starts the printer, placing it to a mode dedicated to object downloading, such as

network or USB object downloading.

(5) OK button

Starts the Admin menu.

44951501TH Rev.2

5-25

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.4 Setup after part replacement

The following describes the adjustments required after part replacement:
Replaced part

Adjustment

LED head

Requires no adjustments.

Drum cartridge (yellow, magenta,

cyan or black)

Requires no adjustments.

Fuser unit

Requires no adjustments.

Belt unit

Requires no adjustments.

PU board

Copying information stored in the EEPROM,

which requires utility software.

CU board

Replacement of the EEPROM, which uses

EEPROM intended for use in a user printer.

Note: When removing or writing information from/into the EEPROM by using

Maintenance Utility, use the procedure shown below to place the printer to
the Forced ONLINE mode before accessing the EEPROM. Even in the forced
ONLINE mode, the printer provides an error indication when having an error.
1. When turning on the printer, press and hold down

and the OK button

in combination until STATUS MODE appears on the operator panel.

2. The printer displays ONLINE when operating properly, and provides an
error indication when having an error, where the printer is internally online,
being ready to communicate.

Note: See section 4.2.6, LED assembly for compatibility of LEDs with the LEDs to replace
with them, and identification of those LEDs.

5.4.1 Notes on CU/PU board replacement

1. When the EEPROM on a board to remove can be accessed (when SERVICE
CALL 104 [Engine EEPROM Error] or 40 [EEPROM Error] is not displayed):
(1) Remove information from the EEPROM in the PU block, and setting information
from the EEPROM in the CU block, of the board, and temporarily store them
onto an HDD of a computer, by using the board replacement function of
Maintenance Utility (Maintenance Utility Operating Manual, section 2.4.1.1.9
about board replacement functionality).
(2) By using the board replacement function, copy the information and setting
information into the EEPROM of a board to replace with.
(3) When only the information or setting information can be removed from the board
to replace, copy it into the EEPROM of the replacement board by using the board
replacement function. With the board replacement function, separately configure
the other information, which cannot be removed. Perform PU-block serialnumber setting (Maintenance Utility Operating Manual, section 2.4.1.1.9.5), and
make a change to the Shipping mode (Maintenance Utility Operating Manual,
section 2.4.1.1.9.6), in setting windows when the information cannot be removed.
Configure CU-block serial number information (Maintenance Utility Operating
Manual, section 2.4.1.1.9.4) when the setting information cannot be removed.
44951501TH Rev.2

5-26

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2. When the EEPROM on a board to remove cannot be accessed:

When the operator panel displays SERVICE CALL 104 (Engine EEPROM Error)
for, or data cannot be read from the EEPROM of, a board to remove, follow the
following procedure to perform operation by using Maintenance Utility after the
board is replaced with a new one:
(1) Serial number setting (Maintenance Utility Operating Manual, section
2.4.1.1.10.3)
A SAP serial number is assigned to the printer. The SAP serial number is
at the top of the serial number label of the printer, consisting of a total of 12
characters -- two characters that indicates a production place, two characters
that indicates a month and year, six characters that indicates a manufacture
number (sequence number) and two characters that indicates a revision
number.
Select PU Serial Number under Select printer serial number, and Display
the serial number only under Display mode. Do not enter the CU serial
number.

(2) Change to Shipping mode (section 2.4.1.1.10.4 of Maintenance Utility

Operating Manual)
The printer is placed in the Factory mode after the CU/PU board is replaced with
a new one. Switch the printer to the Shipping mode.
Use the window for the Factory/Shipping mode described section 2.4.1.1.10.4
in Maintenance Utility section 2.4.1.1.10 about board setting functionality
Note: Note that replacing the EEPROM (the engine control board) clears life
information about units, including the belt, toner and image drums, causing
errors in managing the lives of the units until the units are replaced. Below is
the counts cleared with such CU/PU board replacement. When the units are
replaced with new ones, their respective counts except for Total Sheets Fed
are cleared, the errors being corrected.
Item

Description

Fuser unit

A fuser life count.

A value converted on an A4
page basis from the number
of pages printed to date after
installation of a new fuser unit.

Belt unit

A belt unit life count.

A value converted on an A4
page basis from the number
of pages printed to date after
installation of a new belt unit.

Image drum unit black

Image drum unit yellow
Image drum unit
magenta
Image drum unit cyan

Each the image drum

unit life count for a color.

A value converted on an A4
page basis from the number
of pages printed to date after
installation of a new image drum
unit.

Total number of sheets

A printer life count.

The total number of sheets fed.

Print black
Print yellow
Print magenta
Print cyan

Each the number of

pages printed with an
image drum.

The number of pages printed

after installation of a new image
drum unit.

The PU serial number is 10 characters a two-character revision number

excluded from the 12-character SAP serial number.
Make settings in the window for the serial number information setting
described in section 2.4.1.1.10.3 in section 2.4.1.1.10 about board setting
functionality.
To specify a PU serial number, in the PU serial number setting window, enter
an 11-character number with the first character a single-byte zero (0) (note a
read PU serial number is 10 characters), i.e. a 10-character number prefixed
with a single-byte zero (0), such as the number shown in the following image,
excluding the revision number two digits.
11-character number to enter,
i.e. 10 characters preceded by single-byte zero (0)
(0AE01234567)
Revision number

AE0123456789
A

B Made in

Count description

Serial number label image

The printer outputs the PU serial number in the header of the printer's
configuration report (a Menu Map). After the PU serial number is changed, it
can be checked by printing a Menu Map from the printer.
44951501TH Rev.2

5-27

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

5.5 Manual density adjustment operation

C301/C321/C331/C511/C531 is shipped with "Automatic" set for the auto density adjustment
mode. When "Manual" is set for the mode by a user, the printer may print density out of
adjustment while being used. Perform manual density adjustment operation when the printer
has a density trouble.
Note: The manual density adjustment operation must be performed with the printer
in a static state. Do not perform it while the printer warms up.
(1) Press
or
appears.
(2)

or

more than one time. Press the OK button when COLOR MENU

to display ADJUST DENSITY EXECUTE.

(3) Press the OK button.

Auto density adjustment starts.

44951501TH Rev.2

5-28

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.6 Printer ADMIN MENU

To display ADMIN MENU, turn on the printer while holding down the OK button.

Category

Memo: Displaying ADMIN MENU requires entry of a password. The password defaults
to six as (aaaaaa).
Category

Option

Settings

Description

ADMIN ENTER
MENU PASSWORD

************

Enters a password for entry to

ADMIN MENU. The password
defaults to six as (aaaaaa). The
password should be six to 12
numbers or lower-case characters.

OP
MENU

ALL
CATEGORY

ENABLE
DISABLE

Sets whether to enable or disable

all the categories of USER MENU.
DISABLE: Does not display USER
MENU (except PRINT JOBS
MENU.

PRINT JOBS
MENU

ENABLE
DISABLE

Sets whether to enable or disable

the PRINT JOBS MENU category.
DISABLE: Does not display PRINT
JOBS MENU.

INFORMATION MENU

ENABLE
DISABLE

PRINT MENU ENABLE

DISABLE

MEDIA
MENU

COLOR
MENU

44951501TH Rev.2

ENABLE
DISABLE

ENABLE
DISABLE

Sets whether to enable or disable

the INFORMATION MENU
category.
DISABLE: Does not display
INFORMATION MENU through
USER MENU.
Sets whether to enable or disable
the PRINT MENU category.
DISABLE: Does not display the
PRINT MENU category through
USER MENU.
Sets whether to enable or disable
the MEDIA MENU category.
DISABLE: Does not display the
MEDIA MENU category through
USER MENU.
Sets whether to enable or disable
the COLOR MENU category.
DISABLE: Does not display the
COLOR MENU category through
USER MENU.

C531

OP
MENU

Option

Settings

C531

C331/ C511/
C321 C301

SYS CONFIG ENABLE

MENU
DISABLE

Sets whether to enable or disable

the SYSTEM CONFIG MENU
category. The category is not
displayed through USER MENU
when disabled.

PCL
EMULATION

ENABLE
DISABLE

Sets whether to enable or disable

the PCL EMULATION menu
category.
DISABLE: Does not display the
PCL EMULATION menu category
through USER MENU.

PPR
EMULATION

ENABLE
DISABLE

Sets whether to enable or disable

the PPR EMULATION menu
category.
DISABLE: Does not display the
PPR EMULATION menu category
through USER MENU.

FX
EMULATION

ENABLE
DISABLE

Sets whether to enable or disable

the FX EMULATION menu
category.
DISABLE: Does not display the
FX EMULATION menu category
through USER MENU.

USB MENU

ENABLE
DISABLE

Sets whether to enable or disable

the USB MENU category.
DISABLE: Does not display the
USER MENU category through
USER MENU.

NETWORK
MENU

ENABLE
DISABLE

Sets whether to enable or disable

the NETWORK MENU category.
DISABLE: Does not display the
NETWORK MENU category
through USER MENU.

MEMORY
MENU

ENABLE
DISABLE

Sets whether to enable or disable

the MEMORY MENU category.
DISABLE: Does not display the
MEMORY MENU category through
USER MENU.

C331/ C511/
C321 C301

Description

5-29

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Category
OP
MENU

CONFIG
MENU

Option

Settings

Description

SYS ADJUST ENABLE

MENU
DISABLE

Sets whether to enable or disable

the SYSTEM ADJUST MENU
category.
DISABLE: Does not display the
SYSTEM ADJUST MENU category
through USER MENU.

MAINTENANCE
MENU

ENABLE
DISABLE

Sets whether to enable or disable

the MAINTENANCE MENU
category.
DISABLE: Does not display the
MAINTENANCE MENU category
through USER MENU.

USAGE
MENU

ENABLE
DISABLE

Sets whether to enable or disable

the USAGE MENU category.
DISABLE: Does not display the
USAGE MENU category through
USER MENU.

NEARLIFE
STATUS

ENABLE
DISABLE

Sets the display provided when

consumables are near the end of
their lives.
DISABLE: Displays no messages
when a consumable is near the end
of its life.

LIFE

ENABLE
DISABLE

Sets whether or not to display

warnings for consumable lives.
ENABLE: Displays warnings.
DISABLE: Displays no warnings.

NEARLIFE
LED

ENABLE
DISABLE

Sets whether or not to turn on the

attention LED when consumables
are near the end of their lives.
ENABLE: Turns on the attention
LED.

ECO MODE

ON
OFF

Sets fuser control.

ON: Makes early starts of jobs that
print a small number of pages.
OFF: Starts, after a determined
fusing temperature is reached, jobs
that print even a small number of
pages

ON
OFF

when curl is terrible, set it in ON

when stack defectiveness occurs.
ON: Sets measures control of curl.
But there is fall of throughput.
OFF: Sets conventional fixing
control.

HIGH HUM.
MODE

44951501TH Rev.2

C531

C331/ C511/
C321 C301

Category

Option

Description

OFF
ENCRYPTED
JOB

Sets whether to accept or discard

data except encrypted secure
print data. The printer displays this
message with an SD memory card
installed.

MAKE
SECURE
SD-M

EXECUTE

Enables the encryption function for

data to store an SD memory card.
This option turns on cipher key
generation and encryption function
(security mode) information and
initializes the SD memory card.
The printer displays this message
with the SD memory card installed
and the secure SD card function
disabled.

MAKE
NORMAL
SD-M

EXECUTE

Disables the encryption function for

data to store an SD memory card.
This option turns off cipher key
deletion and encryption function
(security mode) information and
initializes the SD card. The printer
displays this message with the
SD memory card installed and the
secure SD card function enabled.

RESET
EXECUTE
CIPHER KEY

Enables the encryption function,

and re-generates a cipher key
with use of an SD memory card.
With this processing, all data that
is in the SD memory card is made
unrestorable. The printer displays
this message with the SD memory
card installed and the secure SD
card function enabled.

SD-M
INITIALIZE

Puts an SD memory card back to

the factory-shipped configuration.
The printer displays this message
with the SD memory card installed.

SECU- JOB LIMITATION

RITY
MENU

FILE
SYS
MAINTE1

C331/ C511/
C321 C301

Settings

EXECUTE

C531

5-30

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Category
FILE
SYS
MAINTE1

FILE
SYS
MAINTE2

Option
PARTITION
SIZE

EXECUTE

Description

C531

C331/ C511/
C321 C301

Displays a list of SD memory card

partition sizes. The printer displays
this message with an SD memory
card installed.

nnn%/ Each Set a percentage of partition

PCL
COMMON mmm% size. These three sizes should be
lll%
set to 100% in total.
PSE

SD-M
FORMATTING

PCL
COMMON
PSE

Formats a specified partition. The

printer displays this option with an
SD memory card installed.

FLASH
INITIALIZE

EXECUTE

Initializes flash memory.

CHK FILE
SYS

EXECUTE

Repairs the file system. This

processing needs several tens of
seconds. The printer displays this
option with an SD memory card
installed.

Repairs the file system and an

SD memory card. This processing
needs approximately 30 minutes
when the size of the SD memory
card is 16 GB. The printer displays
this option with the SD memory
card installed.

Sets whether or not to use an SD

memory card.
ENABLE: Uses an SD memory
card.
DISABLE: Uses an SD memory
card.
The printer displays this option with
the SD memory card installed.

Completely erases the information

in an SD memory card. This option
should be operated, for example,
before disposal of the SD memory
card. This processing needs
approximately 30 seconds when
the size of the SD memory card
is 16 GB. The printer displays the
option with the SD memory card
installed.

CHK ALL
SECTORS

FILE
SYS
MAINTE2

Settings

SD CARD

SD CARD
ERASE

44951501TH Rev.2

EXECUTE

ENABLE
DISABLE

EXECUTE

Category
FILE
SYS
MAINTE2

Option
INITIAL
LOCK

Settings

C531

C331/ C511/
C321 C301

YES
NO

Sets whether to enable or disable

SD memory card and flash memory
initialization.
YES: Disables changes that involve
initialization. This setting does not
display FILE SYS MAINTE1.
NO: Enables initialization.

LANG
LANGUAGE INITIALIZE
MENU

EXECUTE

Initializes the message file in flash

memory.

PS
MENU

L1 TRAY

TYPE1
TYPE2

Sets the type of the tray selection

number.

SIDM
MENU

SIDM
0
MANUAL ID#

Sets Pn specified Manual by

MANUAL-1 ID No. FX/PPR Emu
in CSF control command (ESC EM
Pn)

Sets Pn specified Manual by

MANUAL-2 ID No. FX/PPR Emu
in CSF control command (ESC EM
Pn).

Sets Pn specified Tray0 (MP Tray)

by MP TRAY ID No. FX/PPR Emu
in CSF control command (ESC EM
Pn).

Sets Pn specified Tray 1 by TRAY1

ID No. FX/PPR Emu in CSF control
command (ESC EM Pn).

Description

9
SIDM
MANUAL2
ID#

0
3
9

SIDM MP
TRAY ID#

0
4
9

SIDM TRAY1
ID#

0
1
9

5-31

5. MAINTENANCE MENUS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Category

Option

SIDM
MENU

SIDM TRAY2
ID#

Settings
0
2
5

Description
Sets Pn specified Tray 2 by TRAY2
ID No. FX/PPR Emu in CSF control
command (ESC EM Pn).
[Display Condition]
Tray 2 installment
except for C321

C531

C331/ C511/
C321 C301

9
CHANGE NEW
PASS- PASSWORD
WORD

************

Sets a new password for entry

to ADMIN MENU. The password
should be set to six to 12 numbers
or lower-case characters.

VERIFY
PASSWORD

************

Enters for verification the password

set for NEW PASSWORD.

44951501TH Rev.2

5-32

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
6.1 Cleaning........................................................................................6-2
6.2 LED lens array cleaning................................................................6-3
6.3 Pick-up roller cleaning...................................................................6-5
6.4 Pinter internal cleaning..................................................................6-6

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

6.1 Cleaning
The inside and outside of C301/C321/C331/C511/C531 should be cleaned with a waste cloth
and a handy vacuum cleaner when necessary.
Note! Do not directly touch the image drum terminals, LED lens array and LED head
connectors.

44951501TH Rev.2

6-2

6. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6.2 LED lens array cleaning

The LED lens array should be cleaned when a printed surface contains a vertical white belt
or line (void or light print).

LED head cleaning

The LED heads should be cleaned when a printed output contains a faded image, a white
line or spread ink of text,

White belt or line

(void or light print)

(1) Turn off the printer.

(2) Press the OPEN button and open the top cover.

Caution

Burn injury hazard

The fuser unit is hot. Do not touch it.

OPEN button

44951501TH Rev.2

6-3

6. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Lightly wipe the (four) LED head lens surfaces with soft tissue paper.
Note! Solvents, such as methyl alcohol or thinner, damage the LED heads. Do not
use them.
LED head

LED head

(4) Close the top cover.

44951501TH Rev.2

6-4

6. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6.3 Pick-up roller cleaning

The pick-up rollers should be cleaned when a printed surface contains a vertical line.
Note! Use a soft cloth for cleaning so as not to damage the roller surfaces.

(3) Wipe the separator roller of the paper cassette with a cloth tightly wrung out with
water.

Feed roller and separator roller cleaning

The feed rollers and the separator roller should be cleaned when 391: PAPER JAM frequently
occurs.

Roller

(1) Pull out the paper cassette.

(2) Wipe the (large and small) feed rollers with a cloth tightly wrung out with water.

Feed roller (large)

Note! Clean the (option) tray 2 in the same way when 392: PAPER JAM frequently
occurs.

Clean the feed roller of the multi-purpose tray in the same way when 390:
PAPER JAM frequently occurs.

Feed roller (small)

44951501TH Rev.2

6-5

6. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6.4 Pinter internal cleaning

Toner may adhere to the metal shaft between the fuser and the cyan image drum cartridge
depending on print patterns. The inside of C301/C321/C331/C511/C531 should be cleaned
when there is a toner adherent on the metal shaft.
(1) Turn off the printer.
(2) Press the OPEN button and open the top cover.

(3) Take out the image drum cartridges:

1. Take out the (four) image drum cartridges, and place them on a flat table.
2. Cover the image drum cartridges with black paper.
Note! The image drums (the green tubes) are delicate. Handle them carefully.

Do not expose the image drum cartridges to direct sunlight or very bright
interior light (approximately 1,500 lux or more). Do not leave them for five
minutes of more even under the normal interior light.

Handle (blue)

Caution

Burn injury hazard

The fuser unit is hot. Do not touch it.

Handle (blue)

OPEN button

44951501TH Rev.2

6-6

6. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(5) Wipe the metal shaft with a soft cloth or tissue paper.

(4) Take out the fuser unit.

Caution

Burn injury hazard

The fuser unit is hot. Do not touch it with extreme caution. When it is hot to
touch, wait for it to cool, then perform operations.
1. Raise the (two blue) fuser unit fixing levers in the direction of the arrows.
2. Hold the fuser unit by its handle and take out it.

Shaft
Handle
Fuser unit fixing lever
(blue)

(6) Reinstall the fuser unit. For details, refer to the fuser unit replacement section of the
C301/C321/C331/C511/C531 user documentation about setting up.
(7) Gently put the (four) image drum cartridges back into the printer.
(8) Close the top cover.

Fuser unit fixing lever

(blue)

44951501TH Rev.2

6-7

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7. TROUBLESHOOTING
7.1 Before troubleshooting..................................................................7-2
7.2 Points to check before dealing with image troubles.......................7-2
7.3 Precautions for dealing with image troubles..................................7-2
7.4 Preparation for troubleshooting.....................................................7-2
7.5 Troubleshooting procedure............................................................7-3
7.6 Fuse check..................................................................................7-72

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

7.1 Before troubleshooting

(1) Check the basic check items described in the C301/C321/C331/C511/C531 user documentation.
(2) Obtain information as in much detail as possible from customers about in what situations troubles occurred.
(3) Perform checking under situations close to those where troubles occurred.

7.2 Points to check before dealing with image troubles

(1) Operating environment is proper.
(2) Consumables (the toner and image drum cartridges) have been replaced properly.
(3) There are no problems with paper. Refer to applicable paper specifications.
(4) The image drum cartridges are installed properly.

7.3 Precautions for dealing with image troubles

(1) Do not touch, or allow foreign matter to touch, the surfaces of the OPC drums.
(2) Do not expose the OPC drums to direct sunlight.
(3) The fuser unit is hot. Do not touch it.
(4) Do not expose the image drums to light for five minutes or more at room temperature.

7.4 Preparation for troubleshooting

(1) Operator panel display

C301/C321/C331/C511/C531 displays its trouble status on its operator panel LCD (liquid crystal display). Perform proper troubleshooting according to messages displayed on the LCD.

44951501TH Rev.2

7-2

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5 Troubleshooting procedure

Use the following procedure to troubleshoot a problem with C301/C321/C331/C511/C531:

Initializing

Problem
Occurred

Message on LCD

Image trouble (or

no messages on
LCD)

44951501TH Rev.2

7.5.1 LCD messages list

Panel display ( identifies

that no display is provided)

Use LCD messages

list to troubleshoot
problem (see section
7.5.1)

On- Attenline tion

lamp lamp

Detail

User troubleshooting flow

PLEASE WAIT

On

On

Displayed until the CU program is expanded in the RAM.

to troubleshoot problem

INITIALIZING

Off

Off

Indicates the controller side is being initialized.

MENU RESETTING

Off

Off

Indicates the EEPROM on the controller side is

being reset. The following is the conditions for
the EEPROM to be reset:
The CU ROM is changed (a CU firmware version
mismatch is detected).
The destination is changed.
The EEPROM is forcedly initialized (the System
Maintenance menu).
OEM is set by a PJL command.

RAM CHECK
****************

Off

Off

Indicates the RAM is being checked. The ratio

of the checked size to total size of the RAM is
indicated in the second row.

WAIT A MOMENT
NETWORK INITIAL

Off

Off

Indicates network initialization is being performed.

FLASH CHECK

Off

Off

Indicates information in unformatted resident/

option flash memory is being checked. This
message appears after such memory is detected
and MAINTENANCE MENU-FLASH FORMAT is
executed in the System Maintenance menu. This
processing is transparent to users, and this status
occurs in no user environments. ( C511 and C301)

FLASH FORMAT

Off

Off

Indicates unformatted resident/option flash memory

is being formatted. This message appears after
such memory is detected and MAINTENANCE
MENU-FLASH FORMAT is executed in the System
Maintenance menu. This processing is transparent to
users, and this status occurs in no user environments.

(see section 7.5.2)

User troubleshooting flow

to troubleshoot problem
(see section 7.5.3)

7-3

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Panel display ( identifies

that no display is provided)

CHECKING FILE
SYSTEM

On- Attenline tion

lamp lamp
Off

Off

Detail
Indicates that file system is being checked.
Process Check of File System is valid to start
from "FILE SYS MAINTE2"-"CHECK FILE SYS" of
Admin Menu. (only C531)

ERASING SD CARD

Off

Off

Indicates that the SD Card is being erased.

Erase process of the SD Card is valid to start from
"FILE SYS MAINTE2"-"SD CARD ERASE" of
ADMIN MENU. (only C531)

CHECKING SECTORS
nnn%

Off

Off

Indicates that a sector of SD Card is being

checked.
Check process of the sector is valid to start from
"FILE SYS MAINTE2"-"CHK ALL SECTORS" of
Admin Menu.
nnn
Percentage of checked capacity . (only C531)

PROGRAM UPDATA
MODE

Off

Off

Indicates the printer is in a mode dedicated to update

the NIC program (the controller firmware). By turning
on the printer while holding down the ONLINE button,
the printer is put into the mode.

WAIT A MOMENT DATA

RECEIVE

Off

WAIT A MOMENT
DATA RECEIVED OK

Off

Off

Indicates reception of update NIC program data is

complete.

CHECK DATA
REC DATA ERROR
<n>

Off

On

Indicates that the printer has an error during

reception processing of update NIC program data.
<n>
1: A size error.
2: A checksum error.
3: A printer model number error.
4: A module interface version error.
5: A FAT version error.

WAIT A MOMENT
DATA WRITING

Off

44951501TH Rev.2

Panel display ( identifies

that no display is provided)

On- Attenline tion

lamp lamp

Detail

POWER OFF/ON
DATA WRITTEN OK

Off

Off

Indicates writing of update NIC program data is

complete.

CHECK DATA
DATA WRITE ERROR
<n>

Off

On

Indicates that the printer has an error during writing

of update NIC program data.
<n>
1: A memory allocation error.
2: A download file error.
3: An error in obtaining available device memory.
4: An error of insufficient available device memory
5: A file writing error.
6: A CU firmware mismatch error.

LOADER VERSION
XX.XX

Off

Off

Indicates that the PU firmware is running in

the Loader mode. The CU firmware sends this
message at power-on of the printer. This message
may occur in user environments, requiring
maintenance by maintenance personnel (like
service calls)

COMMUNICATION
ERROR

Off

Off

Indicates communication with the PU firmware

failed. This message may occur in user
environments, requiring maintenance by
maintenance personnel (like service calls).

STATUS MODE

Off

Off

Indicates that the printer started in the permanent

online mode. Even when having an error after
starting in the mode and going online (into a Ready
state), the printer processes data (jobs) sent from
the outside (a host), indicating an error or warning
on the panel. Turning on the printer while using an
OK, Back and Down button combination puts the
printer into the mode. The button combination is
transparent to users, and this state occurs in no
user environments.

Blink Indicates update NIC program data is being received.

Blink Indicates update NIC program data is being written.

7-4

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Normal
On- AttenPanel display ( identifies
line tion
that no display is provided)
lamp lamp

Detail

Solution

ONLINE

On

Off

Indicates the printer is online.

OFFLINE

Off

Off

Indicates the printer is offline.

To perform
* The Ready LED is always off while the printing from a
printer is offline.
PC, press the
ONLINE button
to put the
printer online.

FILE ACCESSING

Varies Varies Indicates the file system (the SD

memory card/flash memory) is being
accessed.

DATA ARRIVE

Varies Varies The printer is receiving data and has

started no processing. Typically while
performing PJL processing that involves
no text print data, or performing spooling,
the printer provides this display.

PROCESSING

Blink Varies Indicates the printer is receiving data or

performing output processing.

DATA

Varies Varies Indicates that, in the buffer, unprinted

When the
data remains. The printer is waiting data printer pauses
to follow.
with indicating
it has data,
press the
ONLINE button
to print the data
forcedly, or the
CANCEL button
to delete the
data.
Varies Varies Indicates the printer is performing
printing.

PRINT DEMO PAGE

Varies Varies Indicates the printer is printing a demo

page.

PRINT MENU MAP

Varies Varies Indicates the printer is printing a Menu

Map.

Detail

PRINT NETWORK
CONFIG

Varies Varies Indicates the printer is printing a network

configuration. Selecting INFORMATION
MENU-NETWORK allows the printer to
start printing a network configuration.

PRINT FONT

Varies Varies Indicates the printer is printing a fonts

PRINT FILE LIST

Varies Varies Indicates the printer is printing a list of

the files stored in the file system.(C531,
C331 and C321)

PRINT ERROR LOG

Varies Varies Indicates the printer is printing an error

log.(C531, C331 and C321)

COLLATE COPY iii/jjj

COPY kkk/lll

PRINTING

44951501TH Rev.2

On- Attenline tion

that no display is provided)
lamp lamp
Panel display ( identifies

VERIFYING JOB

Solution

list.(C531, C331 and C321)

Varies Varies Indicates the printer is making collated

copy sets of a multipage document. The
count for the collated copy set the printer
is making is identified by iii, and the total
number of collated copy sets the printer
is making is identified by jjj. When the
total number is 1, the printer displays
PRINTING it normally displays.

Varies Varies Indicates the printer is performing copy

printing. The count for the copy the
printer is printing is identified by kkk.
The total number of copies the printer is
printing is identified by III.

Varies Varies Indicates that the integrity of print data

for encrypted authentication is being

verified (for corruption and tampering).
(only C531)

CANCELING JOB

Blink Varies Indicates that, with instruction to cancel

a job, until the job ends, the printer is
receiving and discarding the job.

CANCELING JOB
(JAM)

Blink Varies Indicates that, when the printer has a

paper jam with the jam recovery set
to OFF, until a job ends, the printer is
receiving and discarding the job.

CANCELING JOB

Blink Varies Indicates the printer is canceling

unauthorized printing of a job (in
connection with job accounting):
1. When the job is from a user not
authorized for printing.
2. When the job is from a user not
authorized for color printing.

7-5

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

On- Attenline tion

that no display is provided)
lamp lamp
Panel display ( identifies

CANCELING JOB
(BUFFER FULL)

Detail

Blink Varies Indicates that, as the internal log storage

area is depleted and the operation for
the printer to perform in a log-full state is
job cancellation, the printer is canceling
a job (in connection with job accounting).
On

Off

Solution

On- Attenline tion

that no display is provided)
lamp lamp
Panel display ( identifies

ADJUSTING
DENSITY
PU DOWNLOADING

Indicates toner gages.

Varies Varies Indicates toner TAG is being checked.

CALIBRATING
Varies Varies Indicates the printer is warming up.

Varies Varies Indicates that: the printer temporarily

stops printing as an image drum is hot; or
it is in a wait state for a thermal measure
with change from narrower to wider
paper.

Varies Varies Indicates the printer is in a power saving

state. The printer turns off the LCD
backlight simultaneously with entering
a power saving mode and, after exiting
the mode, turns on the backlight. When
a button is pressed with the backlight not
lighting (during a power saving mode),
the printer turns on the backlight and,
after 30 seconds, turns off it, where the
printer does not exit the power saving
mode. While shutting down, the printer
stays the backlight lighting.

Detail

Solution

Varies Varies Indicates the printer is performing auto

density adjustment. The status code
10988 corresponds to density reading
and the status code 10994 corresponds
to density adjustment.

Varies Varies Indicates PU firmware program data

is being downloaded. PU firmware
downloading is transparent to users,
and this status occurs in no user
environments.

ADJUSTING TEMP
OPTIMIZING TEMP

POWER SAVE

INVALID
OPERATION

Varies Varies With the printer unable to switch to the

Power Save mode, pops up with a press
or successive presses of the power save
button, and three seconds after that,
disappears, the display being restored.

SLEEP MODE

Varies Varies Indicates the printer goes into the Sleep

mode. The printer goes into the mode
immediately after this message appears,
and in fact the message is hard to read.

ADJUSTING COLOR

44951501TH Rev.2

Varies Varies Indicates the printer is performing auto

color registration adjustment.

7-6

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Warning
Panel display ( identi- On- Attenfies that no display is line tion
lamp lamp
provided)
Varies
ORDER %COLOR%
TONER

Varies

On Indicates that the printer is low on toner,

(Blink) or a waste toner near-full warning. With
(Off) MENU-SYS CONFIG MENU-"SYS
CONFIG MENU"-"LOW TONER"=STOP,
the printer flashes the attention LED,
going offline. When the ONLINE button
is pressed, or the printer has an error
and the error is cleared, the printer
goes online and, until TONER EMPTY,
continues printing. With MENUSYS CONFIG MENU-"SYS CONFIG
MENU"-"LOW TONER"=STOP, when
the printer is in the TONER LOW state
when turned on, the printer flashes
the attention LED at completion of
initialization, going offline. Pressing the
ONLINE button makes the printer still
able to perform printing until TONER
EMPTY. With ADMIN MENU-CONFIG
MENU-NEARLIFELED set to DISABLE,
the printer stays the attention LED
turned off.
On

%COLOR% WASTE
TONER FULL.
REPLACE TONER

Varies
NON OEM %COLOR%
TONER DETECTED

44951501TH Rev.2

Detail

On

Solution

Panel display ( identi- On- Attenfies that no display is line tion

lamp lamp
provided)
On

Indicates a toner cartridge is not for the

printer.
%COLOR%
Y
M
C
K

Ask the
customer to use
a proper part.

Varies

On

Indicates a toner cartridge is not for the

printer.
%COLOR%
Y
M
C
K

Inform the
customer that
failures out of
improper use of
a part are not
repaired without
charge, and ask
the customer to
use a proper part.

Varies

On

Indicates a toner sensor error. When

having an error during printing in the
shipping mode, the printer provides
this warning. When the printer detects
an error while warming up, it has an
ERROR 540 to 543.
%COLOR%
Y
M
C
K
The printer provides a Service Call 160
to 163 in the Factory mode.

Check the toner

sensor.

%COLOR% TONER
SENSOR ERROR

Replace the
toner cartridge
for the displayed
color.

Indicates a toner cartridge is not for the

printer.
%COLOR%
Y
M
C
K

Ask the
customer to use
a proper part.

Solution

Varies
%COLOR%
TONER REGIONAL
MISMATCH

NON GENUINE
%COLOR% TONER

A warning, which is displayed by cover

opening and closing, or turning off and
on the printer, after a toner-full error
occurs once. The printer displays this
warning and the first rows message
in combination. While providing this
display, the printer has a waste toner-full
error every time printing approximately
50 pages, going offline and stopping.
%COLOR%
K

Detail

Blink Varies Indicates the PostScript interpreter

Varies
ORDER IMAGE DRUM
UNIT

Check the print

data
detected an error.
Check the print data(C531, C331 and
C321)

PS3 EMUL ERROR

On
(Off)

Indicates an image drum is near the

end of its life. The printer can still
perform printing until causing an image
drum life error. With ADMIN MENUCONFIG MENU-NEARLIFE LED set
to DISABLE, the attention LED is not
lighting.

7-7

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Panel display ( identi- On- Attenfies that no display is line tion

lamp lamp
provided)

Detail

Solution

On
(Off)

Indicates the fuser is near the end of

its life. With ADMIN MENU-CONFIG
MENU-NEARLIFE LED set to DISABLE,
the attention LED is not lighting.

Varies

On
(Off)

Indicates the transfer belt is near the

end of its life. This display is a warning
and the printer does not stop printing.
With ADMIN MENU-CONFIG MENUNEARLIFE LED set to DISABLE, the
attention LED is not lighting.

Varies

On

Varies
ORDER FUSER

ORDER BELT

FUSER LIFE

%COLOR% TONER
EMPTY

Indicates the fuser is at the end of its

Replace the
life (a warning). This display is only
fuser to a new
a warning (not a life error). By cover
one.
opening and closing after the printer has
a fuser life error, this status is displayed.

On

Indicates the transfer belt is at the end

Replace the
of its life (a warning). This display is only belt unit to a
a warning (not a life error). By cover
new one.
opening and closing after the printer
has a transfer belt life error, this status
is displayed.

Varies

On

Indicates the printer ran out of toner.

When temporally recovered by cover
opening and closing during a tonerempty error, the printer develops this
status (warning).
%COLOR%
Y
M
C
K

Replace the
cartridge of the
toner to a new
one.

44951501TH Rev.2

Indicates the printer ran out of toner.

Having no print data, the printer
develops this status. The printer can
print monochrome data with issuing this
warning, and changes the display to an
Empty error for color data to print.
%COLOR%
Y
M
C
K

Replace the
cartridge of the
toner to a new
one.

Varies

On

Indicates the toner cartridge is not

installed. This status is only a warning.
%COLOR%
Y
M
C
K

Install the
toner cartridge
properly. Note
the cartridge
shipped,
installed in the
printer cannot
be used after
a supply toner
cartridge is
used in it.

Varies

On

Indicates an image drum reached the end

of its life. When temporarily recovered
by cover opening and closing during an
image drum life error, the printer develops
this status (warning).

Replace the
image drum for
the displayed
color.

Varies

On

A belt reflection rate check error.

The printer has the error in no user
environments because, when it is in the
Shipping mode and the PU firmware
detects this status, the PU firmware
provides no notice to the CU firmware.

Varies Varies A density adjustment shutter error 2.

The printer has the error in no user
environments because, when it is in the
Shipping mode and the PU firmware
detects this status, the PU firmware
provides no notice to the CU firmware.

DRUM UNIT LIFE

DENSITY SHUTTER
ERROR2

Solution

On

%COLOR% TONER
NOT INSTALLED

BELT REFLEX
ERROR

Detail

Varies
%COLOR% REPLACE
TONER

Varies
BELT LIFE

Panel display ( identi- On- Attenfies that no display is line tion

lamp lamp
provided)

7-8

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Panel display ( identi- On- Attenfies that no display is line tion

lamp lamp
provided)
DENSITY SHUTTER
ERROR1

DENSITY COLOR
CALIBRATION
ERROR

DENSITY COLOR
SENSOR ERROR

DENSITY BLACK
CALIBRATION
ERROR

DENSITY BLACK
SENSOR ERROR

44951501TH Rev.2

Detail

Solution

Varies Varies A density adjustment shutter error 1.

The printer has the error in no user
environments because, when it is in the
Shipping mode and the PU firmware
detects this status, the PU firmware
provides no notice to the CU firmware.

Varies Varies A density adjustment calibration error.

The error has the error in no user
environments because, when it is in the
Shipping mode and the PU firmware
detects this status, the PU firmware
provides no notice to the CU firmware.

Varies Varies A density adjustment color sensor error.

The printer has the error in no user
environments because, when it is in the
Shipping mode and the PU firmware
detects this status, the PU firmware
provides no notice to the CU firmware.

Varies Varies A density adjustment black calibration

error. The printer has the error in no
user environments because, when it
is in the Shipping mode and the PU
firmware detects this status, the PU
firmware provides no notice to the CU
firmware.

Varies Varies A density adjustment black sensor error.

The printer has the error in no user
environments because, when it is in the
Shipping mode and the PU firmware
detects this status, the PU firmware
provides no notice to the CU firmware.

Panel display ( identi- On- Attenfies that no display is line tion

lamp lamp
provided)
%COLOR% IMAGE
DRUM SMEAR
ERROR

Detail

Solution

Varies Varies A density adjustment image drum

error 2. The printer has the error when
detecting a density problem due to an
LED head being out of focus (extremely
dirty). The printer has the error in no
user environments because, when it
is in the Shipping mode and the PU
firmware detects this status, the PU
firmware provides no notice to the CU
firmware.
%COLOR%
Y
M
C
K

Varies

On

%COLOR% LOW
DENSITY ERROR

A density adjustment image drum error.

The printer has the error when, due
to image drum failure, outputting dirty
print and detecting a density problem.
The printer has the error in no user
environments because, when it is in the
Shipping mode and the PU firmware
detects this status, the PU firmware
provides no notice to the CU firmware.

%COLOR%
Y
M
C
K
Varies
SENSOR
CALIBRATION
ERROR

On

A sensor calibration error. The printer

has the error in no user environments
because, when it is in the Shipping
mode and the PU firmware detects this
status, the PU firmware provides no
notice to the CU firmware.

7-9

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Panel display ( identi- On- Attenfies that no display is line tion

lamp lamp
provided)
Varies

On

REGISTRATION
ERROR
<n>

Varies

On

REGISTRATION
SENSOR ERROR
<n>

Varies
%COLOR% HEAD
DATA ERROR

On

Detail

Solution

A color registration adjustment error.

This display indicates that the printer has
an error in rough adjustment or mainscanning line adjustment. The printer
has the error in no user environments
because, when it is in the Shipping mode
and the PU firmware detects this status,
the PU firmware provides no notice to the
CU firmware.
<n>
2 =Y
3=M
4=C
5=

A color registration sensor error.

The printer has the error in no user
environments because, when it is in the
Shipping mode and the PU firmware
detects this status, the PU firmware
provides no notice to the CU firmware.
<n>
2 =Y
3=M
4=C
5=

No LED head adjustment data is

found or invalid. This occurs in no user
environments because, when the printer
is in the Shipping mode and the PU
firmware detects this status, the PU
firmware provides no notice to the CU
firmware.

%COLOR%
Y
M
C
K

44951501TH Rev.2

Panel display ( identi- On- Attenfies that no display is line tion

lamp lamp
provided)
Varies

On

%TRAY% EMPTY

Detail
Indicates the tray ran out of paper. This
is deemed as a warning until printing
from the tray is specified.

Solution
Add paper to
the displayed
tray.

%TRAY%
TRAY1
TRAY2
MP TRAY
Varies

On

Indicates that no space became available

in the file system in a recording device (an
SD memory card/flash memory). This is
a temporary warning, and the display is
provided until and disappears at the end
of a job.

Explain to the
customer that
the warning
requires no
actions.

Varies Varies Indicates an attempt to write into a file

unauthorized to be written into the file
system in a recording device (an SD
memory card/flash memory) was made.
This is a temporary warning, and the
display is provided until and disappears
at the end of a job.

Explain to the
customer that
the warning
requires no
actions.

FILE SYSTEM FULL

DISK WRITE
DISABLED

Varies

On

Indicates that a secret file is being

erased. (only C531)

Varies

On

Indicares the deletion of encrypted

authentication print job and saving of
deletion request of file. (only C531)

Varies

On

Indicates that a secret file waiting to

be erased is full. (only C531)

Erase secret
file.

Varies

On

Indicates memory became full of MOPY Reduce the

data. This display is provided until the
number of
ONLINE button is pressed.
pages to print
at a time.

FILE ERASING
DELETING
ENCRYPTED JOB
ERASED DATA FULL
PRESS ONLINE SW
COLLATE FAIL

7-10

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Panel display ( identi- On- Attenfies that no display is line tion

lamp lamp
provided)
PRESS ONLINE SW
Varies
COLOR RESTRICTED.
MONO PRINTED

Detail

Solution

On

Notifies the user that, as the user was

not authorized to print a job, the job
was canceled (in connection with job
accounting). This display is provided
until the ONLINE button is pressed.

Set a print job

accounting
user ID in the
printer driver.
Check a user
ID and the
setting for the
user ID with the
job accounting
administrator
when the user
ID is already
set in the driver.
Execute Acquire
a Log on
the print job
accounting
server PC.

PRESS ONLINE SW
COLOR RESTRICTED.
JOB REJECTED
PRESS ONLINE SW
PRINT RESTRICTED.
JOB REJECTED

PRESS ONLINE SW
LOG BUFFER FULL.
JOB REJECTED

Varies

On

Notifies the user that the log buffer

was full and a job was canceled (in
connection with job accounting). This
display is provided until the ONLINE
button is pressed.

PRESS ONLINE SW
EXPIRED SECURE
JOB

Varies

On

Indicates a job of which storage period

for secure printing was exceeded was
canceled. (only C531)

PRESS ONLINE SW
INVALID SECURE
DATA

Varies

On

Indicates that, as data damage was

detected through completeness
checking in secure printing, a job was
deleted. (only C531)

Panel display ( identi- On- Attenfies that no display is line tion

lamp lamp
provided)

44951501TH Rev.2

Indicates a file system error other than

the above file system-related status
states occurred. Processing that does
not use the file system is available.
%FS_ERR%
=0
GENERAL ERROR
=1
VOLUME NOT AVAILABLE
=3
FILE NOT FOUND
=4
NO FREE FILE DESCRIPTORS
=5
INVALID NUMBER OF BYTES
=6
FILE ALREADY EXISTS
=7
ILLEGAL NAME
=8
CANT DEL ROOT
=9
NOT FILE
=10
NOT DIRECTORY
=11
NOT SAME VOLUME
=12
READ ONLY
=13
ROOT DIR FULL
=14
DIR NOT EMPTY
=15
BAD DISK
=16
NO LABL
=17
INVALID PARAMETER
=18
NO CONTIG SPACE
=19
CANTCHANGE ROOT
=20
FD OBSOLETE
=21
DELETED
=22
NO BLOCK DEVICE
=23
BAD SEEK
=24
INTERNAL ERROR
=25
WRITE ONLY

Solution

PRESS ONLINE SW
DISK USE FAILED
%FS_ERR%

Varies

PRESS ONLINE SW
INVALID DATA
*C531/C331/C321

Varies Varies Prompts pressing the ONLINE button

Press the
to clear this warning as the printer
ONLINE button.
received invalid data. This display is
provided at reception of an unsupported
PDL command.

PRESS ONLINE SW
INVALID DATA OR
TIMEOUT
*C511/301

On

Detail

Replace the
SD memory
card only for
use of printing,
such as secure
printing.

7-11

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Panel display ( identi- On- Attenfies that no display is line tion

lamp lamp
provided)
LOAD %MEDIA_
SIZE% IN MP TRAY
AND PRESS ONLINE
SWITCH

On

Off

Detail
Indicates a request for printing by
manual feeding occurred. This display
prompts feeding manually paper
identified by %MEDIA SIZE%. The unit
of Custom paper size conforms to the
specified (menu-set) display unit for the
MP tray unless specified with a driver.
With a unit specified for Custom paper
size in a driver, the display shows a
Custom paper size in the unit. Custom
paper size is expressed by <width> x
<length> <unit>.
Examples:
210 x 297 mm
8.5 x 11.0 inches

Solution
Press the
ONLINE
button.
* Data is
deleted unless
the button is
pressed within
the time set
for MANUAL
TIMEOUT.

C301/C321/C331/C511/C531 displays the following service call error when detecting an

unrecoverable error:

SERVICE CALL

nnn: ERROR
Note! An error code is identified by nnn.

The printer displays a service call with an error code and corresponding error information
in the lower LCD display. The error information (such as a number indicating an address)
is used for problem analysis and solution, and must be retained, and notified to related
departments. Tables 7-1-1 and 7-1-2 outline error codes, their meanings and the solutions for
them.
Table 7-1-1: Operator Alarms
Operator panel display
LOAD %MEDIA_SIZE%/
%MEDIA_TYPE% AND
PRESS ONLINE SWITCH
%ERRCODE%:%TRAY%
MEDIA MISMATCH

Online
lamp

Off

Attention
lamp

Description

Blink Indicates a mismatch between a tray

media type and print data occurred. This
display prompts loading paper in a tray.

Code
nnnnnn

Error

Error 461: TRAY1.

461

Error 462: TRAY2.

462

The unit of Custom paper size conforms

to the specified (menu-set) display unit
for the MP tray unless specified with a
driver. With a unit specified for Custom
paper size in a driver, the display shows
a Custom paper size in the unit. Custom
paper size is expressed by <width> x
<length> <unit>.
Examples:
210 x 297 mm
8.5 x 11.0 inches
The user needs to press the ONLINE
button after changing paper.

44951501TH Rev.2

7-12

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Operator panel display

LOAD %MEDIA_SIZE%/
%MEDIA_TYPE% AND
PRESS ONLINE SWITCH

Online
lamp

Off

%ERRCODE%:%TRAY%
MEDIA MISMATCH

LOAD %MEDIA_SIZE%/
%MEDIA_TYPE% AND
PRESS ONLINE SWITCH
%ERRCODE%:%TRAY%
SIZE MISMATCH

Attention
lamp

Description

Blink Indicates a mismatch between a tray

media type and print data occurred. This
display prompts loading paper in a tray.
Error 460: MP TRAY.

Code
nnnnnn

Error

LOAD %MEDIA_SIZE%/
%MEDIA_TYPE% AND
PRESS ONLINE SWITCH

460

%ERRCODE%:%TRAY%
SIZE MISMATCH

The unit of Custom paper size conforms

to the specified (menu-set) display unit
for the MP tray unless specified with a
driver. With a unit specified for Custom
paper size in a driver, the display shows
a Custom paper size in the unit. Custom
paper size is expressed by <width> x
<length> <unit>.

Off

Operator panel display

Online
lamp

Off

Attention
lamp

Description

Blink Indicates a tray paper size, or paper size,

and a media type did not match. This
display prompts loading paper in a tray.
Error 460: MP TRAY.

Examples:

210 x 297 mm

210 x 297 mm

8.5 x 11.0 inche

8.5 x 11.0 inches

The user needs to press the ONLINE

button after changing paper.

The user needs to press the ONLINE

button after changing paper.
Error

DOWNLOAD MESSAGE
PROCESSING
DOWNLOAD MESSAGE

Error 461: TRAY1.

Error 461: TRAY2.

461

WRITING

The unit of Custom paper size conforms

to the specified (menu-set) display unit
for the MP tray unless specified with a
driver. With a unit specified for Custom
paper size in a driver, the display shows
a Custom paper size in the unit. Custom
paper size is expressed by <width> x
<length> <unit>.

462

DOWNLOAD MESSAGE
SUCCESS

Error

460

The unit of Custom paper size conforms

to the specified (menu-set) display unit
for the MP tray unless specified with a
driver. With a unit specified for Custom
paper size in a driver, the display shows
a Custom paper size in the unit. Custom
paper size is expressed by <width> x
<length> <unit>.

Examples:

Blink Indicates a tray paper size, or paper size,

and a media type did not match. This
display prompts loading paper in a tray.

Code
nnnnnn

Varies Varies Indicates update message data is being

processed.

Error
(ONLINE)

Varies Varies Indicates update message data is being

written.

Error
(ONLINE)

Varies Varies Indicates wiring update message data

succeeded.

Error
(ONLINE)

Examples:
210 x 297 mm
8.5 x 11.0 inches
The user needs to press the ONLINE
button after changing paper.

44951501TH Rev.2

7-13

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Operator panel display

DOWNLOAD MESSAGE

Online
lamp

Attention
lamp

Varies Varies

FAILED %CODE%

Description

Code
nnnnnn

Indicates wiring update message data

Error
succeeded. %CODE% identifies (ONLINE)
a decimal number (one digit)
that indicates writing failed.
=1: FAIL, which means no causes are
known.

Operator panel display

LOAD %MEDIA_SIZE%
AND PRESS ONLINE
SWITCH

Online
lamp

Off

%ERRCODE%:MP TRAY
EMPTY

INSTALL PAPER
CASSETTE

=4: MEMORYFULL, which means

making available memory space
failed.

NETWORK INITIAL
LOAD %MEDIA_SIZE%
%ERRCODE%:%TRAY%
EMPTY

%ERRCODE%:%TRAY%
MISSING

Varies Varies Indicates network initialization is being

performed.

%ERRCODE%:MEMORY
OVERFLOW

Blink Indicates a request for printing from an

empty tray occurred. This display prompt
loading paper.
Error 491: TRAY1.
Error 492: TRAY2.
The unit of Custom paper size conforms
to the specified (menu-set) display unit
for the MP tray unless specified with a
driver. With a unit specified for Custom
paper size in a driver, the display shows
a Custom paper size in the unit.

44951501TH Rev.2

INSTALL PAPER
CASSETTE

Varies Varies A change of the setting for a networkError

related option is being saved in the flash (ONLINE)
memory.

Off

Error

490

Off

Blink Indicates the cassette of the tray 1

included in the paper route for attempted
printing from the tray 2 is slid out.

Error
440

Off

Blink Indicates that the cassette of the tray

from which printing was attempted is slid
out and paper cannot be from it.

Error
430

Off

Blink Indicates that memory overflowed for the

reason below. Press the ONLINE button
to proceed. Install expansion memory or
reduce the data volume.

Error
420

%ERRCODE%:TRAY1
OPEN

=5: UNSUPPORTED DATA, which

means downloading data
unsupported by the printer.

WAIT A MOMENT

Blink Indicates that, with the multi-purpose

tray empty of paper, a request for
printing from it occurred. The printer refeeds paper

Code
nnnnnn

The unit of Custom paper size conforms

to the specified (menu-set) display unit
for the MP tray unless specified with a
driver. With a unit specified for Custom
paper size in a driver, the display shows
a Custom paper size in the unit.

=3: OVERFLOW, which means that,

because flash memory became
full in or during language file
writing, downloading failed.

WRITING

Description

Error 490: MP TRAY.

=2: DATA_ERROR, which means a

hash check error/flash memory
error in writing data.

NETWORK CONFIG

Attention
lamp

Error
(ONLINE)

ADD MORE MEMORY

Error
491
492

- Much print data in one page

CLOSE FACE UP
STACKER
%ERRCODE%:DUPLEX
NOT AVAILABLE

Off

Blink Indicates that the face-up stacker is

open and attempted duplex printing
cannot be performed. (With the face-up
stacker open, in duplex printing, the exit
motor is reversed, print media cannot
be input to the duplex path and an error
results.)

Error
581

7-14

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Operator panel display

REPLACE TONER

Online
lamp

Off

%ERRCODE%:%COLOR%
WASTE TONER FULL

Attention
lamp

Description

Blink Indicates that the printer is full of waste

toner identified by %COLOR% and
requires replacement.

Code
nnnnnn

Operator panel display

Error

REPLACE TONER

417

%ERRCODE%:
INCOMPATIBLE
%COLOR% TONER

Error 417: K

Online
lamp

Off

Off

%ERRCODE%:%COLOR%
TONER EMPTY

Blink Indicates the printer is empty of toner.

Cover opening and closing puts the
printer into a warning state.

Error
410

Error 410 : Y

411

Error 411 : M

412

Error 412 : C

413

REPLACE TONER

Off

Off

%ERRCODE%:%COLOR%
TONER EMPTY

Blink Indicates that, after the printer is turned

on, it has a toner-empty error. Cover
opening and closing does not put the
printer into a warning state. The printer
is put into a warning state by pressing
the ONLINE button.

Error
GENUINE TONER IS
RECOMMENDED
410

Error 410 : Y

411

Error 411 : M

412

Off

%ERRCODE%:%COLOR%
TONER REGIONAL
MISMATCH

44951501TH Rev.2

Off

Blink Indicates a toner cartridge is not for

%ERRCODE%:NON
GENUINE %COLOR%
TONER

Error

the printer. The printer is recovered by

replacing the toner cartridge with a one for
the printer.

INSTALL TONER

Error

Error 614 : Y

614

Error 615 : M

615

Error 616 : C

616

Error 617 : K

617

Blink ndicates a toner cartridge is not for

Error

Error 620 : Y

620

Error 621 : M

621

Error 622 : C

622

Error 623 : K

623

Blink Indicates a toner cartridge is not for

Error

the printer. The printer is recovered by

replacing the toner cartridge with a one for
the printer.

Error 412 : C
REPLACE TONER

Blink Indicates a toner cartridge is not for

Code
nnnnnn

the printer. The printer is recovered by

replacing the toner cartridge with a one for
the printer.

%ERRCODE%:
INCOMPATIBLE
%COLOR% TONER

Error 413 : K
REPLACE TONER OR
PRESS ONLINE SWITCH

Description

the printer. The printer is recovered by

replacing the toner cartridge with a one for
the printer.

By cover opening and closing, the printer

is placed in a warning state, made able
to print approximately further 50 pages.
REPLACE TONER

Attention
lamp

Off

Error 550 : Y

550

Error 551 : M

551

Error 552 : C

552

Error 553 : K

553

Blink Indicates a toner cartridge is not installed.

Error

Error 610 : Y

610

Error 611 : M

611

555

Error 612 : C

612

Error 556 : C

556

Error 613 : K

613

Error 557 : K

557

Error 554 : Y

554

Error 555 : M

%ERRCODE%:%COLOR%
TONER MISSING

7-15

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Operator panel display

CHECK TONER
CARTRIDGE

Online
lamp

Off

Attention
lamp

Description

Blink Indicates a toner sensor detected an

error.
Error 540 : Y

%ERRCODE%:%COLOR%
TONER SENSOR ERROR

Code
nnnnnn

Error

CHECK UNDER BELT

540

%ERRCODE%:PAPER
JAM

541

Error 541 : M

542

Error 542 : C

543

Error 543 : K
OPEN TOP COVER

Off

%ERRCODE%:PAPER
SIZE ERROR

CHECK MP TRAY

Off

%ERRCODE%:PAPER
JAM
OPEN TOP COVER
%ERRCODE%:PAPER
JAM

CHECK UNDER BELT

Blink Indicates that, during feeding paper from

the MP tray, a paper jam occurred.

Error

REPLACE IMAGE DRUM

UNIT

390

563:DRUM UNIT LIFE

Error 391 : Tray1

Off

Off

391

REPLACE IMAGE DRUM

UNIT

Off

%ERRCODE%:PAPER
JAM
OPEN TOP COVER

Blink Indicates that a paper jam occurred in a

paper path.

380

Error 380 : Feed

Off

%ERRCODE%:PAPER
JAM

Blink Indicates that a paper jam occurred in a

paper path.

382
385

Error 385 : Around Fuser Unit

389

Error 389 : Printing Page Lost

OPEN TOP COVER
%ERRCODE%:FACE UP
STACKER ERROR

44951501TH Rev.2

Off

Blink Indicates that, during printing, the faceup stacker is operated and the printer
pauses, causing error.

Error
409

371

REPLACE FUSER

%ERRCODE%:BELT LIFE

372

Error
563

Off

Blink Notifies the end of the life of the fuser.

This is an error that indicates a counter
shows the end of the fuser life is
reached. The printer stops printing with
the error. Cover opening and closing
puts the printer into a warning state.

Error
354

Off

Blink Notifies the end of the life of the transfer

belt. This is an error that indicates a
counter shows the end of the belt life is
reached. The printer stops printing with
the error. Cover opening and closing
puts the printer into a warning state.

Error
355

Off

Blink Indicates the printer is full of waste toner.

Cover opening and closing puts the
printer into a warning state only once,
and then after printing 500 pages, the
printer has an error.

Error
356

%ERRCODE%:BELT LIFE

REPLACE BELT

Error

Blink Notifies the end of the life of an image

drum (an alarm). This display is provided
until the image drum is replaced.

%ERRCODE%:FUSER
LIFE

REPLACE BELT

Blink Indicates a paper jam occurred near the

duplex unit.

Off

381

Error 382 : Exit

370

Error
353

Error

Error 381 : Transport

Error

Blink Notifies the end of the life of an image

drum (an alarm). Cover opening and
closing puts the printer into a warning
state.

392

Error

Blink Indicates a paper jam occurred near the

duplex unit.

Code
nnnnnn

Off

Error 392 : Tray2

OPEN TOP COVER

Description

Error 372 : Duplex Misfeed

353:DRUM UNIT LIFE

Error

Attention
lamp

Error 370 : Duplex Reversal

%ERRCODE%:PAPER
JAM

Error
400

Blink Indicates that, during feeding paper from

the tray, a paper jam occurred.

Online
lamp

Error 371 : Duplex Input

Blink Notifies that, from the tray, paper of an

improper size was fed. Check the paper
in the tray, or the printer for a multi feed.
Cover opening and closing makes the
printer to perform recovery printing to
proceed.

Error 390 : MPTray

Off

Operator panel display

7-16

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Operator panel display

CHECK TONER
CARTRIDGE

Online
lamp

Off

Attention
lamp

Blink Indicates the lever of a toner cartridge is

not locked.
Error 544 : Y
Error 545 : M
Error 546 : C
Error 547 : K

%ERRCODE%:%COLOR%
IMPROPER CARTRIDGE
LOCK POSITION

CHECK IMAGE DRUM

UNIT

Description

Off

Blink Indicates an image drum is not properly

installed.

Code
nnnnnn

Operator panel display

Error

WAIT A MOMENT

544

DATA WRITING

545

POWER OFF/ON

546

DATA WRITTEN OK

547

CHECK DATA

Error
343

DATA WRITE ERROR

<%DLCODE%>

Online
lamp

Off

Attention
lamp

Blink Indicates update NIC program data is

being written.

Off

Off

Blink Indicates the fuser is not properly

installed. (The error may occur when the
printer is not more than 0C. When then
the temperature of the printer has risen,
turn off and on the printer.)

Error
320

Blink CHECK BELT

Error
330

%ERRCODE%:BELT
MISSING
CLOSE COVER

%ERRCODE%:BELT MISSING

Off

Indicates writing of update NIC program

data is complete.

Error

Off

On

Indicates that the printer has an error

during writing of update NIC program
data.

Error

%DLCODE%

Off

Blink Indicates a cover is a cover is open

Error 310 : Top cover

Off

DATA RECEIVE
WAIT A MOMENT

Blink Indicates update NIC program data is

being received.

REC DATA ERROR

<%DLCODE%>

5: file writing error.

6: CU firmware mismatch error.
On

310

Error

Off

On

Indicates that the printer has an error

during reception processing of update
NIC program data.

Error

Indicates the controller is being rebooted.

%CODE% identifies a decimal
number (on digit), showing a cause
of the rebooting.

Error

=0: cause other than the above.

=1: PJL command
=2: menu change
=4: From a network utility (such as on the
WEB).

Error

Indicates reception of update NIC

program data is complete.

1: size error.
2: checksum error.
3: printer model number error.
4: module interface version error.
5: FAT version error.

Off

Error

Off

%DLCODE%

44951501TH Rev.2

3: error in obtaining available device

memory.
4: error of insufficient available device
memory

Off

DATA RECEIVED OK
CHECK DATA

2: download file error.

REBOOTING %CODE%

%ERRCODE%:COVER
OPEN
WAIT A MOMENT

Error

1: memory allocation error.

%ERRCODE%:FUSER
MISSING

CHECK BELT

Code
nnnnnn

Off

343:DRUM UNIT
MISSING
CHECK FUSER

Description

SHUTTING DOWN.
PLEASE WAIT

Off

Off

Indicates the printer completed its

shutdown processing.

Error

Blink A due condensation error (this display is

different from that for a service call error,
but handled in the same way as it).

Fatal
126

TURN OFF
AUTOMATICALLY
POWER OFF AND WAIT
FOR A WHILE
%ERRCODE%:
CONDENSING ERROR

Off

* No languages are supported on a

country basis for Fatal errors.

7-17

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Operator panel display

Online
lamp

POWER OFF/ON
%ERRCODE%:
ERROR

Off

SERVICE CALL
%ERRCODE%:
ERROR

Off

SERVICE CALL
%ERRCODE%:
ERROR xx

POWER OFF/ON
%ERRCODE%:
ERROR nnnnnnnn
nnnnnnnn nnnnnnnn

Attention
lamp

Description

Blink Indicates the printer has a fatal error.

Refer to Service Calls List for details.

Fatal
<nnn>

* No languages are supported on a

country basis for Fatal errors.
Blink Indicates the printer has a fatal error.
Refer to Service Calls List for details.

Off

Blink Indicates the printer has a fatal error.

Refer to Service Calls List for details.
* No languages are supported on a
country basis for Fatal errors.

Off

Blink Indicates the printer has a fatal error.

Refer to the service call errors list for
details. Detail information about the error
is identified by nnnnnnnn.

Off

Blink A failure of media table downloading to

the PU.

Table 7-1-2: Service call errors list.

Display
POWER OFF/ON
001:ERROR

Causes

Fatal
<nnn>

Fatal
096
231
128
168
Fatal
002
011,
F0C
F0D
FFE
FFF

Is the error display provided

again?

011:ERROR
SERVICE CALL
020:ERROR

CU ROM
Hash Check
Error

SERVICE CALL
030:ERROR

CU RAM
Check Error

SERVICE CALL
031:ERROR
036:ERROR

CU optional
RAM check
error

Actions
Remove any RAM
DIMM and turn off
and on the printer.
Yes Replace the CU/
PU board.
No Reinstall the RAM
DIMM.

Is the error display provided

again?

OFF/ON
Yes Replace the CU/
PU board.

Is the error display provided

again?

Turn off and on

the printer.
Yes Replace the CU/
PU board.

Is RAM DIMM installed

properly?

Does the printer recover by

replacing the RAM DIMM?

No Reinstall the RAM

DIMM.
Yes Replace the RAM
DIMM.
No Replace the CU/
PU board.

SERVICE CALL
040:ERROR

CU EEPROM
error
s the error display provided
again?

Turn off and on

Yes the printer.
Replace the CU/
PU board.

SERVICE CALL
041:ERROR

CU flash
memory error
or CU board
Is the error display provided
flash ROM
again?
error

Turn off and on

the printer.
Yes Replace the CU/
PU board.

SERVICE CALL
042:ERROR

Flash
memory file
system error

Accessing the flash ROM

directly mounted on the CU/
PU board failed.

Turn off and on

the printer.
Replace the CU/
PU board.

Fatal
209

043:ERROR
045:ERROR
POWER OFF/ON
052:ERROR

44951501TH Rev.2

Error detail

CPU
Exception

006:ERROR
009:ERROR

* No languages are supported on a

country basis for Fatal errors.

* No languages are supported on a

country basis for Fatal errors.

POWER OFF/ON
%ERRCODE%:
DOWNLOAD ERROR

Code
nnnnnn

Image
processor
driver error

7-18

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Display

Causes

SERVICE CALL
067:ERROR
068:ERROR

Interface
monitor error

SERVICE CALL
069:ERROR

NIC Chip
error

Error detail

Is the error display provided

again?

POWER OFF/ON
070:ERROR

PostScript
error

POWER OFF/ON
072:ERROR xx

Is the CU/PU board installed

Engine
interface error properly?
or PU-CU
interface error

POWER OFF/ON
073:ERROR
xxxxxxxx

Video error.
An error was
detected in
expanding
image data
(an invalid
data was
received)

Is the CU/PU board installed

properly?

Does the error occur again?

Actions

Turn off and on

the printer.
Yes Replace the CU/
PU board.

No Reinstall the CU/

PU board properly.
Yes Replace the CU/
PU board.
No Reinstall it
properly.
Yes Change the
PC to a highspecification one
or decrease the
resolution, and
perform printing
again.
Yes Replace the CU/
PU board.
Replace the
interface cable.
Reinstall the PC
printer driver.

Is the CU/PU board installed

properly?
Does the error occur again?
Does the error depend on
print data?

44951501TH Rev.2

No Reinstall it
properly.
Yes Perform printing
again.
Yes Print other data.
No Replace the CU/
PU board.
Yes Ask design
people to analyze
the data.

Display

Causes

Error detail

POWER OFF/ON
074:ERROR
xxxxxxxx
075:ERROR
xxxxxxxx

Video error.
An error was
detected in
expanding
image data.

Is the CU/PU installed

properly?

SERVICE CALL
081:ERROR

Parameter
matching
check error

Reading from or writing into

EEPROM or flash memory
cannot be made properly.

SERVICE CALL
104:ERROR

An engine
EEPROM
read/write
error was
detected.

SERVICE CALL
106:ERROR

Engine
control logic
error

Does the error occur again?

Does the error occur again?

Actions
No Reinstall it
properly.
Yes Replace it.

Turn off and

on the printer.
Replace the CU/
PU board when
the symptom
persists.
Turn off and on the
printer
Yes Replace the CU/
PU board.
Turn off and on the
printer
Yes Replace the CU/
PU board.

SERVICE CALL
112:ERROR

The 2nd tray Is the 2nd tray for the printer

for a model
installed?
different from
the printer
was detected.

SERVICE CALL
121:ERROR

No Reconnect it
High-voltage Is the cable between the CU/
power supply PU board and the high-voltage
properly.
interface error power unit connected properly? Yes Check the highvoltage line for no
poor connection.
Is a contact faulty?
No Replace the highvoltage power
supply.

No Install proper 2nd

tray.

7-19

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Display
SERVICE CALL
122:ERROR

Causes

Error detail

Rear-fan error Does the fan at the rear of the

printer operate?

Is the connector of the fan

connected properly?

Actions
No Be sure of the
connection of the
fan.
Yes Replace the CU/
PU board.
No Connect the fan
properly.
Yes Replace the CU/
PU board.

SERVICE CALL
123:ERROR

Ambient
humidity
error or non
connection
of humidity
sensor

Is the cable from the CU/PU

No Re-connect it
board to the toner sensor board
properly.
connected properly?
Yes Replace the toner
sensor board.

SERVICE CALL
124:ERROR

Ambient
temperature
error

Is the cable from the CU/PU

No Re-connect it
board to the toner sensor board
properly.
connected properly?
Yes Replace the toner
sensor board.

SERVICE CALL
128:ERROR-05

Image drum
fan error

Is the connector of the fan

connected properly?

Does the error occur again?

SERVICE CALL
128:ERROR-08

Front fan
error

Is the connector of the fan

connected properly?

Does the error occur again?

44951501TH Rev.2

No Re-connect it
properly.
Yes Replace the fan
motor.
No Replace the CU/
PU board.
No Re-connect it
properly.
Yes Replace the fan
motor.
No Replace the CU/
PU board.

Display

Causes

Error detail

No Install the LED

head unit.
Yes Check the LED
head fuse.
Is the LED head fuse broken? Yes Check the fuse.
No Turn off and on
the printer.
Does the error occur again? Yes Replace the LED
head unit.

LED head
detection
error (131=Y,
132=M,
133=C,
134=K)

Is the LED head installed

properly?

SERVICE CALL
142:ERROR

Image drum
up-down
movement
position
detection
error

Is the image drum unit

removed and installed
smoothly?

SERVICE CALL
153:ERROR

Image drum
unit fuse-cut
error

Is the image drum unit

installed properly?

SERVICE CALL
131:ERROR
134:ERROR

Actions

Yes Re-install it.

No Be sure of the
connection of
the image drum
up-down clutch
connector.
Is the connector of the image Yes Replace the toner
sensor board.
drum up-down clutch is
connected properly?
No Connect the
image drum updown clutch
properly.

Does the error occur again?

Is the printer recovered by

replacing the toner sensor
board.

No Re-install it.
Yes Turn off and on
the printer.
Yes Be sure of the
cable connection
from the CU/PU
board to the toner
sensor board,
and then replace
the toner sensor
board.
No Replace the CU/
PU board.

7-20

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Display
SERVICE CALL
154:ERROR

Causes

Error detail

Belt unit fuse- Is the belt unit installed

cut error
properly?
Does the error occur again?

SERVICE CALL
155:ERROR

Fuser unit
fuse-cut error

Is the fuser unit installed

properly?

Does the error occur again?

SERVICE CALL
160:ERROR
163:ERROR

SERVICE CALL
167:ERROR

44951501TH Rev.2

Toner sensor
detection
error (160=Y,
161=M,
162=C,
163=K).
This error
does not
occur with
the printer in
the factory
shipped
configuration.

Is the toner cartridge

installed?
Is the toner slide shutter set?

Thermistor
slope error

Does an error message

appear?
Does the error occur again?

Actions
No Re-install it.
Yes Turn off and on
the printer.
Yes Be sure of cable
connection, and
then replace the
CU/PU board.
No Clean the
connection
connector of the
fuser unit, and
then re-install the
fuser unit.
Yes Turn off and on
the printer.
Yes Be sure of cable
connection, and
then replace the
CU/PU board.
No Install the toner
cartridge.
No Turn it to the fixed
position. Turn off
and on the printer.
Yes Replace the toner
sensor assembly.

Display

Error detail

Actions

SERVICE CALL
168:ERROR (Note)

Compensation Does an error message

thermistor
appear?
error
Does the error occur again?

Turn off and on

the printer.
Yes Turn off and on
the printer after
leaving it for 30
minutes.

SERVICE CALL
170:ERROR
171:ERROR (Note)

A fuser
thermistor
short or open
circuit was
detected.

Turn off and on

the printer.
Yes Replace the fuser
unit.

SERVICE CALL
172:ERROR
173:ERROR

A fuser
thermistor
temperature
Does the error occur again?
error (high
or low
Does the error occur again?
temperature)
was detected.

Turn off and on

the printer.
Yes Replace the fuser
unit.
Yes Replace the lowvoltage power
supply, and then
replace the CU/
PU board when
the error occurs
again.

SERVICE CALL
174:ERROR

A backup
thermistor
shot circuit
was detected
(high
temperature)

Turn off and on

the printer.
Yes Replace the fuser
unit.

SERVICE CALL
175:ERROR (Note)
Turn off and on
the printer.
Yes Turn off and on
the printer after
leaving it for 30
minutes.

Causes

A backup
thermistor
open
circuit was
detected (low
temperature)

Does the error occur again?

Does the error occur again?

Does the error occur again?

Turn off and on

the printer.
Yes Replace the fuser
unit.

7-21

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Display

Causes

Error detail

Actions

SERVICE CALL
176:ERROR
177:ERROR

A backup
thermistor
temperature
Does the error occur again?
error (high
or low
Does the error occur again?
temperature)
was detected.

Turn off and on

the printer.
Yes Replace the fuser
unit.
Yes Replace the lowvoltage power
supply.

SERVICE CALL
182:ERROR

Option unit
interface error

Turn off and on

the printer.
Yes Be sure of
connector
connection.
Yes Replace the
option unit.

Does the error occur again?

POWER OFF/ON
190:ERROR

SERVICE CALL
200:ERROR

System
memory
overflow
PU firmware
download
error

Does the error occur again?

An error occurred in re-writing
the PU firmware.

202:ERROR

POWER OFF/ON
209:DOWNLOAD
ERROR

44951501TH Rev.2

Custom
Media
Type table
downloading
failure

Custom Media Type table

downloading failed.

Display

Causes

Error detail

POWER OFF/ON
203:ERROR
204:ERROR
207:ERROR
208:ERROR
213:ERROR
214:ERROR
F0C:ERROR
FFE:ERROR
FFF:ERROR

CU program
error (203
to 214 do
not occur in
general use
of the printer)

Invalid processing was

performed with a CU program.

Replace the CU/

PU board.

SERVICE CALL
231:ERROR

TAG interface
error

A TAG interface error was

detected.
01: A circuit error.
03: TAG communication error.

Be sure the toner

cartridges and
the image drums
are properly set.
Replace the toner
cartridges. When
the error occurs
again after the
image drums
are re-installed,
be sure of the
cable connection
from the CU/PU
board to the toner
sensor board.

POWER OFF/ON
250:ERROR

SD card error

SERVICE CALL
251:ERROR

SD card
erasure error

POWER OFF/ON
252:ERROR

SD card
security error

Turn off and on

the printer.
Yes Replace the CU/
PU unit.
Turn off and on
the printer, and
then re-download
it (In general use
of the printer, this
re-writing is not
performed and
this error does not
occur).
Turn off and on
the printer, and
then re-download
it (In general use
of the printer, this
downloading is
not performed
and this error
does not occur).

Actions

255:ERROR
POWER OFF/ON
256:ERROR
257:ERROR

SD card error

7-22

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Display
POWER OFF/ON
901:ERROR
904:ERROR

POWER OFF/ON
923:ERROR

Causes

Error detail

Belt
temperature
error
901: Short
circuit
902: Open
circuit
903: High
temperature
904: Low
temperature

Is the cable from the belt

thermistor to the CU/PU
board connected properly?
Does the error occur again?

A lock error
with black
image drum

The image drum does not

revolve properly.
Does the error display is
provided again by turning off
and on the printer?

POWER OFF/ON
928:ERROR

Fuser motor
lock error

The fuser does not operate

properly?

Does the error occur again?

POWER OFF/ON
933:ERROR

44951501TH Rev.2

A clock error Does the error occur again?

correction
error with an
option unit
Does the error occur again?
(which does
not occur with
the printer in
the factory
shipped
configuration)

Actions

Display

Causes

Error detail

No Connect the cable

properly.

POWER OFF/ON
933:ERROR

Yes Turn off and on

the printer.
No Replace the belt
thermistor.

Tray-2
CPU clock
frequency
error

SERVICE CALL
980:ERROR

Media
jamming error
around fuser

SERVICE CALL
983:ERROR

Duplicate
Multiple toner cartridges for
toner cartridge the same color ware detected.
detection error

SERVICE CALL
990:ERROR

Waste toner
sensor
detection
error

Be sure the image

drum is properly
installed properly.
Yes Replace the
image drum unit.
Yes Replace the
image drum
motor.
Check that the
fuser is properly
installed.
Yes Replace the fuser.
Yes Replace the fuser
motor.
Yes Be sure of
connector
contacts.
Yes Replace the
option unit.

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
PU download
CRC CHECK NG ( ) data CRC
check error

WDT ERROR
ADR=

Media is jammed by
entangling around the fuser.

Is the K toner cartridge

installed?
Does the error occur again?

A CRC check error was

detected after downloading
of PU data (PU firmware and
custom media data).

PU firmware
runaway
Does the error occur again?

COMMUNICATION
ERROR

PU-CU
Does the error occur again?
interface error

Actions

Turn off the

printer.
Replace the fuser.
Install toner
cartridges for
specified colors
at the proper
positions.
No Install the K toner
cartridge.
Yes Be sure of cable
connection,
and then
perform board
replacement.
Turn off and on
the printer, and
then re-download
it (In general use
of the printer, the
downloading is
not performed
and this error
does not occur).
Turn off and on
the printer.
Yes Replace the CU/
PU board.
Yes Replace the CU/
PU board.

Note! With the printers temperature not more than 0C, Service call errors 188
Error, 171 Error, 175 Error, 903 Error and 904 Error may occur. After turn off
the printer, turn on the printer after the printer warms.

7-23

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2 Preparation for troubleshooting

(1) LCD display trouble.........................................................................................7-25

(1-1) LCD displays nothing.......................................................................7-25

(1-2) PLEASE WAIT.................................................................................7-25

(1-3) Error message display related to operator panel............................7-26

(1-4) RAM CHECK or INITIALIZING persists..........................................7-26

(2) Problem operation after printer is turned on...................................................7-26

(2-1) No operations start..........................................................................7-26

(2-2) Abnormal sound is heard.................................................................7-27

(2-4) Startup time of printer is long...........................................................7-27

(3) Paper feed jam (error code 391: 1st tray)........................................................7-28

(3-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on. (1st tray)......7-38

(3-2) Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started. (1st tray)...7-38
(4) Feed jam (error code 380)..............................................................................7-39

(4-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on......................7-39

(4-2) Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started...................7-40

(5) Paper feed jam (error code 390: Multipurpose tray).......................................7-40
(5-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on.
(Multipurpose tray)...........................................................................7-40
(5-2) Jam occurs immediately after paper feed is started.
(Multipurpose tray)...........................................................................7-41

(6) Paper running jam (error code 381:)...............................................................7-42

(6-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on......................7-42

(6-2) Jam occurs immediately after a paper is taken into printer..............7-42

(6-3) Jam occurs in the middle of paper running path..............................7-43

(6-4) Jam occurs immediately after paper has reached the fuser.............7-44

(7) Paper unloading jam (error code 382).............................................................7-44

(7-1) Paper unloading jam occurs immediately after the power is
turned on. ........................................................................................7-44

(7-2) Paper unloading jam occurs after a paper is taken into printer........7-45

(7-3) Paper unloading jam occurs in the middle of paper running path. ..7-45

(8) Two-sided printing jam (error code: 370, 371, 372, 373, 383).........................7-46
(8-1) Two-sided printing jam occurs immediately after the power is

(8-2) Two-sided printing jam occurs during taking in the paper

into Duplex unit.................................................................................7-46

(8-3) Two-sided printing jam occurs in the process of reversing paper.....7-47

(8-4) Two-sided printing jam occurs during transporting paper
inside the Duplex unit.......................................................................7-47

(8-5) Paper is not supplied from the Duplex unit to the regist roller..........7-47

(9) Paper size error (error code 400)....................................................................7-48

(9-1) Jam occurs when paper end is located near the IN1 sensor...........7-48

(10) ID unit Up/Down error (Service call 140 to 143)............................................7-48

(10-1) Error occurs during the Up movement of the ID unit......................7-48

(10-2) Error occurs during the Down movement of the ID unit.................7-49

(11) Fuser unit error (error 170 to 177).................................................................7-49

(11-1) Error occurs immediately after the power is turned on...................7-49

(11-2) Error occurs approx. 1 minute after the power is turned on...........7-49
(12) Motor fan error (error code 122, 127, 128, 918, 051)..................................7-50
(12-1) The low voltage power supply fan does not rotate imme
diately after the power is turned on..................................................7-50

(12-2) All fans of the printer do not rotate.................................................7-50

(13) Print speed is slow. (Performance is low.).....................................................7-51

(13-1) Print speed decreases...................................................................7-51

(14) Option unit cannot be recognized..................................................................7-51

(14-2) Option try unit cannot be recognized.............................................7-51

(15) LED head cannot be recognized. (error code 131, 132, 133, 134)...............7-51

(15-1) Service call 131 to 134 (LED HEAD Missing)................................7-51

(16) Toner cartridge cannot be recognized. (error code 540, 541, 542, 543) ......7-52

(16-1) Error caused by the consumable items........................................7-52

(16-2) Error caused by the toner sensor...................................................7-52

(16-3) Error caused by the defective mechanism.....................................7-53

(17) Fuse cut error (error codes 150 to 155) .......................................................7-53

(17-1) Fuse cut error.................................................................................7-53

(18) Humidity sensor error (error code 123).........................................................7-54

(18-1) Humidity sensor error.....................................................................7-54

(19) Connection diagram......................................................................................7-55

turned on..........................................................................................7-46

44951501TH Rev.2

7-24

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2.(1) LCD display trouble
Memo For the numbers 1 to 15 each after the connector names, see 7.5.1 (19)
Connection diagram.
(1-1) LCD displays nothing
Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

Check item

Check F5 (C531/C331/C321) or F7 (C511/

C301) is not cut.

5V and 24V power

supplied to CU/PU
board

Replace the
CU/PU board.

(1-1-2) Connection-line chec

Connection of lowvoltage power unit
and CU/PU board

Check the cord from the low-voltage

power supply to the CU/PU board POWER
connector is properly connected.
Check for half connection or skew insertion.

Re-insert the
cord properly.

Cord assembly
connecting lowvoltage power unit
and CU/PU board

Check for breakdown.

Check for sheathing removal.
Check for defectiveness of cord assembly,
such as wire removal.

Replace cords
with proper
ones.

Connection
between CU/PU
board and operator
panel board

Check that 12-pin FFC is properly connected

to the CU/PU board OPE connector 17.
Check that 12-pin FFC is properly connected
to the operator panel board CN1 connector.
Check for half connection or skew insertion.

Re-insert the
cord properly.

FFC connecting
CU/PU board and
operator panel
board

Check for breakdown with a tester. Visually

check for sheathing removal.

Replace the
FFC with a
proper one.

Check short circuiting by using the CU/PU

board POWER connector 10.
When the following is found, separate shortcircuited points as described below.
Pins 7, 8 and 9: 24V
Pins 1, 2 and 3: 5V
Pins 4, 5 and 6: 0VL
Pins 10, 11 and 12: 0VP.
Locate short circuits by pulling out the cords
connected to the CU/PU board one by one

Replace shortcircuited parts.

(1-1-5) LSI operation check

Interface signals
from CU/PU board
to operator panel
board

Check that signals are output to the CU/PU

board OPE connector 17.
Pin 6: Transmission data (CY/PU board
transmission)
Pin 8: CLR
Signals are always output when the above is
proper.

Replace the
CU/PU board.

Interface signals
from operator
board to CU/PU
board

Check that signals are output to the CU/PU

board OPE connector 17.
Pin 5: Reception data (CU/PU board
reception)
Signals are always output when the above is
proper.

Replace the
operator panel
board.

(1-2) PLEASE WAIT

(The display changes to COMMUNICATION ERROR when printer is left unaccessed)

(1-1-3) Power supply periphery check

AC power supplied
to printer

Check the AC power supply voltage.

Supply AC
power.

5V power supplied
to CU/PU board

Check the 5V power supply by using the

pins 1, 2 and 3 of the CU/PU board POWER
connector 10.

Replace the low

voltage power
supply.

3.3V power supply

to operator panel
board

Check 3.3V power supply by using the pin 7

of the CU/PU board CN1 connector 19.

Replace the
CU/PU board.

44951501TH Rev.2

Actions for NG
results

(1-1-4) Power supply short-circuit check

(1-1-1) Fuse check

CU/PU board fuse

Check operation

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(1-2-1) Operator panel display does not change

Operator panel
display

The display COMMUNICATION ERROR

persists.

Replace the
CU/PU board.

7-25

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(1-3) Error message display related to operator panel
Check item

Check operation

7.5.2.(2) Problem operation after printer is turned on

Actions for NG
results

(2-1) No operations start

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(1-3-1) Error message

Error message

Check detail in the error messages list.

Follow
instructions.

(1-4) RAM CHECK or INITIALIZING persists

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(2-1-1) Power supply periphery check

AC power supplied
to printer

Check the AC power supply voltage.

Supply AC
power.

5V and 24V power

supplied to CU/PU
board

Check the power supply by using the CU/PU

board POWER connector 10.
Pins 7, 8 and 9: 24V
Pins 1, 2 and 3: 5V
Pins 4, 5 and 6: 0VL
Pins 10, 11 and 12: 0VP.

Replace the low

voltage power
supply.

(1-4-1) Operator panel display freezes

Operator panel
display

RAM CHECK or INITIALIZING persists.

Remove an
option RAM
and SD card
and perform
checking.
Replace the
CU/PU board to
address a NG
result.

(2-1-2) Confirmation of the power switch LED

Power Switch LED

Confirm whether the LED is off.

If the LED blinks rapidly, the number of
blinking times in a cycleshows an error. The
timing of blinking rapidly is shown in the
below figure

Rapid blinking of the LED

N times blinking
ON
1.0 sec lighting
(No blinking)
OFF

One time blinking (2.5Hz)

ON times 250mS
OFF times 150mS
A cycle

44951501TH Rev.2

Replace either
of the power
supply unit, the
CU board, SWAssy (Front),
the cables
connected to the
CU board and
power supply
unit or the cables
connected to
the CU board
and SW-assy.In
case of 2, 4, 8 or
10 times of LED
blinking rapidly:
Replace either of
the power supply
unit, the CU
board, the cables
connected to the
power supply
unit and the CU
board.
In case of 3, 6 or
9 times of LED
blinking rapidly:
Replace the CU
board.

7-26

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(2-1-3) Connection-line check

Operator panel
connection

Check item

Check operation

(2-2-3) Gear tooth disengagement check (consumable load problem)

Check the same as (1-1).

The printer does not operate unless the
operator panel is detected and operated.

Follow (1-1).

Operating conditions
of the respective
motors

Check if operations of the respective motors are

normal or not by using the self-diagnostic mode.
Check if any load exists or not.
"Buzz buzz" sound is generated when an error
occurs.

Replace the
corresponding
consumable
item.
If any attempt
of using new
part as a trial
is going to
be made, be
sure to use
the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

Installation condition
of each consumable
item

Check by visual inspection if the respective

consumable items are installed in their normal
positions in which gears of the consumable
items engage accurately or not.

Replace an
appropriate
mechanical part
as required, or
adjust or repair

Remove the CU and PU board, and inspect the

installation conditions of the partition plate by
visual inspection.

 they are not

If
hooked on the
normal specified
positions,
correct them.

(2-2) Abnormal sound is heard

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(2-2-1) Motor step losing check (driver problem)

Each motors
operation

By using the self-diagnostic mode, check

each motor for proper operation by whether
the motor is loaded or not. The motor beeps
when improper.

Replace the
CU/PU board.

Motor cords

Check the wiring for each motor as follows:

Visually check for, or check for with a tester,
short circuiting.
Remove the motor cord from the board side,
and the resistance between each pin on the
side of the cord and the frame ground.

Replace the
motor cord.
Re-assemble
parts properly.

(2-2-2) Motor step losing check (consumable load problem)

 perating conditions
O
of the respective
motors

44951501TH Rev.2

Actions for NG
results

Check if operations of the respective motors are

normal or not by using the self-diagnostic mode.
Check if any load exists or not.
"Buzzer" sound when an error occurs.

(2-2-4) Cord routing check

Check the
installation
conditions of the
partition plate under
the CU and PU
boards.

Replace the
corresponding
consumable
item.
If any attempt
of using new
part as a trial
is going to
be made, be
sure to use
the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

7-27

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(2-4) Startup time of printer is long

(2-3) Bad odor is generated

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(2-3-1) Bad odor locating

Check item

Remove the fuser unit and check the odor.

Implement
section (2-3-2).

Low voltage power

supply unit

Remove the low voltage power supply unit and

check the odor.

Replace the low

voltage power
supply unit

Halogen lamp

44951501TH Rev.2


Check
the life count of the fuser unit by using
the self-diagnostic mode.

Check that no foreign materials such as paper

are stuck inside of the fuser unit.

The fuser close

to the new fuser
unit smells
some odors.
Remove the
foreign material.

C
 heck that 100V is shown on the label on the
rear of the fuser unit.

Replace the
fuser unit.

(2-4-2) Option part check (note)

Extension memory

Reinstall the option part (the extension

memory) and check operation.

Replace the
option part.

SD memory card

Reinstall the option part (the SD memory

card) and check operation.

Replace the
option part.

(2-3-2) Fuser unit check

Check that no
foreign material
exists in fuser unit.

Actions for NG
results

(2-4-1) Fuser unit check

Fuser unit

Life count of fuser

unit

Check operation

Note! When the printer has a problem, for example it does not start properly, remove
any CU options (RAM and SD memory card) and check for changes.

7-28

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Paper jam locations

(3) Paper jam error numbers and locations

J1 (370:DUPLEX REVARSAL)
J7 (383:DUPLEX ENTRY)

The printer displays an error code and PAPER JAM or FACE-UP STACKER ERROR on
the second row of the operator panel when jammed with paper inside of it.

J6 (382:JAM EXIT)
J13 (385:FUSER JAM)

J5 (381:JAM TRANSPORT)

Error code

J9
(390:MISS FEED AT
WR SENSOR
FRONTFEEDER)
IN SENSOR

Check messages on the operator panel and, following the procedures on the appropriate
pages, remove jammed paper. Clean the feed rollers and the inside of the printer when
the printer is frequently jammed with paper.

1ST
HOPPING
SENSOR
J4
(380:JAM FEED)
J12
(400:PAPER
SIZE ERROR)

Refer to the paper removal methods on the reference pages shown in the following table:
Error code

Operator panel display

370

CHECK UNDER BELT

370:PAPER JAM

Reference page

DUP REAR SENSOR

DUP FRONT SENSOR

371

CHECK UNDER BELT

371:PAPER JAM

372

CHECK UNDER BELT

372:PAPER JAM

380

OPEN TOP COVER

380:PAPER JAM

381

OPEN TOP COVER

381:PAPER JAM

382

OPEN TOP COVER

382:PAPER JAM

385

OPEN TOP COVER

385:PAPER JAM

389

OPEN TOP COVER

389:PAPER JAM

390

CHECK MP TRAY
390:PAPER JAM

Page 7-32

391

OPEN TOP COVER

391:PAPER JAM

Page 7-33

392

OPEN TOP COVER

392:PAPER JAM

Page 7-34

409

OPEN TOP COVER

409:FACE UP STACKER ERROR

Page 7-35

44951501TH Rev.2

EXIT
SEMSOR

Page 7-29

J2
(371:DUPLEX INPUT)

J10 (391:TRAY 1)

J3
(372:MISS FEED AT DUPLEX)

2ND IN
SENSOR
2ND
HOPPING
SENSOR

J11
(392:TRAY 2)

Page 7-31

7-29

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Error code: 370, 371 or 372

(4) Place a finger behind the belt unit lock levers (blue) and raise and remove it.
Lock lever (blue)

(1) Press the OPEN button and open the top cover.

OPEN button

(2) Take out the image drum unit, place it on a flat surface, and cover it with black
paper.
Top cover

Lock lever (blue)

Belt unit

Image drum unit

(5) Remove jammed paper in the direction of the arrow.

Fuser unit

Black paper
Paper

(6) Hold the belt unit by the lock lever (blue) on each side of it, and install the belt unit
(3) Move the fuser unit lock levers to the direction of the arrow to unlock the fuser unit,
and then remove the fuser unit.

Lock levers (blue)

Handle

Fuser unit lock lever (blue)

Belt unit

Belt unit
Lock lever
(blue)

Fuser unit lock lever (blue)

44951501TH Rev.2

Lock lever
(blue)

7-30

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(7) Turn the lock levers inwards to lock the belt unit.

(9) Turn the lock levers inwards to lock the fuser unit.

Fuser unit lock lever

(blue)

Lock lever
(blue)

Lock lever
(blue)
Fuser unit lock lever
(blue)

(8) Put the fuser unit back into position.

(10) Install the image drum unit in the printer so as to situate the K toner cartridge
toward the front of the printer.

Fuser unit lock levers (blue)

Handle

Handle (blue)

Handle (blue)

(11) Close the top cover.

44951501TH Rev.2

7-31

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Error code: 380, 381, 382, 385 or 389

Remove in the direction of the arrow any paper jammed the inside front of the
printer.
Fuser unit
Paper

(1) Press the OPEN button and open the top cover.

OPEN button

(2) Take out the image drum unit, place it on a flat surface, and cover it with black
paper.
Top cover

Pull out toward the front of the printer any paper jammed at the fuser unit, with the
fuser unit lever (blue) left turned in the direction of the arrow.

Image drum unit

Black paper

Fuser unit lever

(4) Install the image drum unit in the printer so as to situate the K toner cartridge
toward the front of the printer.
Handle (blue)

Handle (blue)

(3) Remove any jammed paper in the direction of the arrow.

Fuser unit
Paper

44951501TH Rev.2

7-32

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(5) Close the top cover.

Error code: 390

(1) Press the OPEN button and open the top cover.

OPEN button

(2) Take out the image drum unit, place it on a flat surface, and cover it with black
paper. Top cover
Image drum unit

Black paper

(3) Open the inside transparent cover of the printer and remove jammed paper.

44951501TH Rev.2

7-33

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4) Install the image drum unit in the printer so as to situate the K toner cartridge
toward the front of the printer.
Handle (blue)

(5) Close the top cover.

Handle (blue)

Error code: 391

(1) Pull the tray 1 out of the printer.

(2) Remove paper.

(3) Insert the tray 1 back into the printer.

44951501TH Rev.2

7-34

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4) Press the OPEN button and open and close the top cover.

Error code: 392

(1) Pull the tray 2 out of the printer.

Tray 2

(2) Remove paper.

(3) Insert the tray 2 back into the printer.

Tray 2

44951501TH Rev.2

7-35

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4) Press the OPEN button and open and close the top cover.

Error code: 409

(1) Press the OPEN button and open the top cover.

OPEN button

(2) Take out the image drum unit, place it on a flat surface, and cover it with black
paper.
Top cover

Image drum unit

Black paper

(3) Remove any jammed paper in the direction of the arrow.

Fuser unit
Paper

44951501TH Rev.2

7-36

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Remove in the direction of the arrow any paper jammed the inside front of the
printer.
Fuser unit

(5) Place a finger behind the belt unit lock levers (blue) and raise and remove it.
Lock lever (blue)

Paper

Pull out toward the front of the printer any paper jammed at the fuser unit, with the
fuser unit lever (blue) left turned in the direction of the arrow.
Lock lever (blue)

Belt unit

(6) Remove jammed paper in the direction of the arrow.

Fuser unit
Paper
Fuser unit lever

(4) Move the fuser unit lock levers to the direction of the arrow to unlock the fuser unit,
and then remove the fuser unit.
Handle
Fuser unit lock lever (blue)

(7) Hold the belt unit by the lock lever (blue) on each side of it, and install the belt unit
inside the printer.
Lock levers (blue)

Belt unit
Fuser unit lock lever (blue)

Belt unit
Lock lever
(blue)

Lock lever
(blue)

44951501TH Rev.2

7-37

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(8) Turn the lock levers inwards to lock the belt unit.

(10) Turn the lock levers inwards to lock the fuser unit.

Fuser unit lock lever

(blue)

Lock lever
(blue)

Lock lever
(blue)
Fuser unit lock lever
(blue)

(9) Put the fuser unit back into position.

(11) Install the image drum unit in the printer so as to situate the K toner cartridge
toward the front of the printer.

Fuser unit lock levers (blue)

Handle

Handle (blue)

Handle (blue)

(12) Close the top cover.

44951501TH Rev.2

7-38

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (3) Paper feed jam (error code 391: 1st tray)

(3-2) Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started. (1st tray)

(3-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on. (1st tray)
Check item

Check operation

Check item
Actions for NG
results

(3-1-1) Check condition of the paper running path

 aper running path
P
of the front unit

Open the front cover check if paper is not

jammed in the paper running path.

Remove the
jammed paper.

(3-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

Hopping sensor
and IN sensor lever
check

Check the sensor lever shapes and operations

for any problem.

Replace the
sensor lever(s)
with proper
one(s).

(3-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts

Check the detection
condition of the
sensor signal.

Hopping sensor
and IN sensor
output level check

44951501TH Rev.2

Confirm that the sensor signals are normally

detected by using the Maintenance Menu
SWITCH SCAN function.

Check the following signals by using the CU/

PU board HPSNS and RGSNS connector 16:
HPSNS pin 2: Hopping sensor
RGSNS pin 5: IN sensor
Check that the above signal levels are
changed by operating the levers of the
sensors.

Replace the
CU/PU board,
or appropriate
sensor(s) or
connection
cord(s)
Replace the
CU/PU board.

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(3-2-1) Check condition of the paper running path

Paper running path
of the front unit

Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper

running path.

Remove the
jammed paper.

(3-2-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

Hopping sensor
and IN sensor lever
check

Check the sensor lever shapes and operations

for any problem.

Replace the
sensor lever(s)
with proper
one(s).

Check the separator

assemblies of the
feed roller, the
pickup roller and the
tray.

Check if any foreign materials such as paper

dust on the surface of the feed roller or of the
pickup roller or not.

Remove the
foreign material.

Check if the feed roller or the pickup roller has

worn out or not.

Replace the
separator
assemblies of
the feed roller,
pickup roller and
tray.

(3-2-3) Motor operation check

Paper feed motor

Confirm that the paper feed motor works

normally by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the
self-diagnostic mode.

Replace the
PU board or
the paper feed
motor.

Paper feed motor

driver

Pull out the CU/PU board HOPSIZE

connector 1, and check the following at the
side of the connector.

Replace the
CU/PU board.

Several M
Several M
Several M
Several M

between pin-1 FG.

between pin-2 FG.
between pin-3 FG.
between pin-4 FG.

7-39

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

Paper feed motor

drive cable


Check
the connection condition of the cable.
Check if the connector is connected in the halfway only or not, and check if the connector
is inserted in a slanted angle or not. Check
also that cables are assembled without any
abnormality.

Replace the
cable with the
good cable
that normalizes
the connection
condition.

Check that any cable is not pinched during

assembling of the printer.
Pull out the CU/PU board HOPSIZE connector
1, and check the following at the side of the
connector.

Replace the
cable with the
good cable
that normalizes
the connection
condition.

Short circuit between pin-1 FG

Short circuit between pin-2 FG
Short circuit between pin-3 FG
Short circuit between pin-4 FG
Paper feed motor

Remove the HOPSIZE connector

of the
PU board and check that approx. 3.4 can be
measured between pin-1 -pin-2 at the cable end,
and that approx. 5 can be measured between
pin-3 -pin-4 respectively.

(4-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on.

Check item

(3-2-4) Check the system connection

Paper feed motor
drive cable

7.5.2. (4) Feed jam (error code 380)

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(4-1-1) Check condition of the paper running path

 aper running path
P
of the front unit

Open the front cover check if paper is not

jammed in the paper running path.

Remove the
jammed paper.

(4-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

Hopping sensor,
IN sensor and WR
sensor lever check

Check the sensor lever shapes and operations

for any problem.

Replace the
sensor lever(s)
with proper
one(s).

(4-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts

Replace the
paper feed motor.

Check the detection

condition of the
sensor signal.

Confirm that the sensor signals are normally

detected by using the Maintenance Menu
SWITCH SCAN function.

Replace the
CU/PU board
or appropriate
connection
cords.

Replace the
CU/PU board
or the feed
solenoid.

Hopping sensor,
IN sensor and WR
sensor output level
check

Check the following signals by using the CU/

PU board HPSNS and RGSNS connector 16:
HPSNS pin 2: Hopping sensor
RGSNS pin 5: IN sensor
RGSNS pin 2: WR sensor

Replace the
appropriate
sensor(s).

(3-2-5) Solenoid operation check

Feed clutch

Confirm that the paper feed solenoid works

normally by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the
self-diagnostic mode.

Pull out the cassette for the rollers to be seen,

and check operation.

Confirm that the above signal levels change

when the sensor lever is operated.

(3-2-6) Check the system connection

Feed clutch cord


Check
the connection condition of the cable.
Check if the connector is connected in the halfway only or not, and check if the connector
is inserted in a slanted angle or not. Check
also that cables are assembled without any
abnormality.

Replace the
cable with the
good cable
that normalizes
the connection
condition.

Cord for feed clutch

Check that any cable is not pinched during

assembling of the printer.

Replace the
clutch and
properly
assemble
appropriate
parts.

Pull out the CU/PU board HOC connector

14, and check the following at the side of the
cord.

44951501TH Rev.2

7-40

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4-2) Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started.
Check item

Check operation

7.5.2. (5) Paper feed jam (error code 390: Multipurpose tray)
Actions for NG
results

(5-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on. (Multipurpose tray)
Check item

Check operation

(4-2-1) Check condition of the paper running path

Paper running path of
the front unit


Check
if paper is jammed or not in the paper
running path.

Remove the
jammed paper.

(4-2-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

Hopping sensor,
IN sensor and WR
sensor lever check

Check the sensor lever shapes and operations

for any problem

Replace the
sensor lever(s)
with proper
one(s).

(4-2-3) Motor operation check

Paper feed motor

Confirm that the paper feed motor works normally Replace the CU/
by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the selfPU board or the
diagnostic mode.
feed motor.

Paper feed motor

driver

Pull out the CU/PU board HOP connector

1, and check the following at the side of the
connector:
Several M
Several M
Several M
Several M

Replace the
CU/PU board.

between pin-1 FG
between pin-2 FG
between pin-3 FG
between pin-4 FG

(5-1-1) Check condition of the paper running path

 aper running path
P
of the multipurpose
tray


Check
if paper is jammed or not in the paper
running path.

Paper feed motor

drive cable


Check
the connection condition of the cable.
Check if the connector is connected in the halfway only or not, and check if the connector is
inserted in a slanted angle or not. Check also that
cables are assembled without any abnormality.

Replace the
cable with the
good cable
that normalizes
the connection
condition.

Check that any cable is not pinched during

assembling of the printer.

Replace the
cable with the
good cable
that normalizes
the connection
condition.

Pull out the CU/PU board HOP connector 1,

and check the following at side of the cord:
Short circuit between pin-1 FG
Short circuit between pin-2 FG
Short circuit between pin-3 FG
Short circuit between pin-4 FG
Paper feed motor

44951501TH Rev.2

Pull out the CU/PU board HOP connector 1,

and check whether there is a resistance of
approximately 3.4 or 5 between the pins 1
and 2, and between the pins 3 and 4, at the
cord side.

Remove the
jammed paper.

(5-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

IN sensor and WR
sensor lever check

Check the sensor lever shapes and operations

for any problem

Replace the
sensor lever(s)
with proper
one(s)

(5-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts

Check the detection
condition of the
sensor signal.

Confirm that the sensor signals are normally

detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function
of the self-diagnostic mode.

Replace the
CU/PU board,
or appropriate
sensor(s) or
connection
cord(s).

In sensor and WR
sensor output level
check

Check the following signals by using the CU/

PU board RGSNS connector 16:
Pin 2: WR sensor
Pin 5: IN sensor

Replace the
connection
cable.

(4-2-4) Check the system connection

Paper feed motor
drive cable

Actions for NG
results

Confirm that the above signal levels change

when the sensor lever is operated.

Replace the
paper feed motor.

7-41

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(5-2) Jam occurs immediately after paper feed is started. (Multipurpose tray)
Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(5-2-1) Check condition of the paper running path

 aper running path
P
of the multipurpose
tray


Check
if paper is jammed or not in the paper
running path.

Remove the
jammed paper.

Sheet Receive of
the multipurpose
tray


Confirm
that the Sheet Receive has moved up
normally.
Confirm that the support spindle and spring of
the Sheet Receive have been installed in the
specified positions normally.

Correct
installation of
the above parts
so that the
Sheet Receive
moves up to
the specified
position
normally.

(5-2-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

Paper feed motor

drive cable


Check
the connection condition of the cable.
Check if the connector is connected in the halfway only or not, and check if the connector is
inserted in a slanted angle or not.
Check also that cables are assembled without
any abnormality.

Replace the
cable with the
good cable
that normalizes
the connection
condition.

Paper feed motor

drive cable

Check that any cable is not pinched during

assembling of the printer.

Replace the
cable with the
good cable
that normalizes
the connection
condition.

(5-2-4) Check the system connection

Pull out the CU/PU board HOP connector 1,

and check the following at side of the cord:
Short circuit between pin-1 FG
Short circuit between pin-2 FG
Short circuit between pin-3 FG
Short circuit between pin-4 FG
Paper feed motor

IN sensor and WR
sensor lever check

Check the sensor lever shapes and operations

for any problem

Replace the
sensor lever(s)
with proper
one(s).

Front cover

Confirm that the locks in the right and left of the

front cover are locked normally.

Replace the font

cover assembly

Check the feed

roller and the pickup
roller.

Check if any foreign materials such as paper

dust on the surface of the feed roller or of the
pickup roller or not.

Remove the
foreign material.

Check if the feed roller has worn out or not.

Replace the feed

roller.

Pull out the CU/PU board HOP connector 1,

and check whether there is a resistance of
approximately 3.4 or 5 between the pins 1
and 2 and between the pins 3 and 4.

Replace the
paper feed
motor.

(5-2-3) Motor operation check

Paper feed motor

Confirm that the paper feed motor works

normally by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the
self-diagnostic mode.

Replace the
CU/PU board or
the feed motor.

Paper feed motor

driver

Pull out the CU/PU board HOP connector

1, and check the following at the side of the
connector:

Replace the
CU/PU board.

Several M
Several M
Several M
Several M

44951501TH Rev.2

between pin-1 FG
between pin-2 FG
between pin-3 FG
between pin-4 FG

7-42

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (6) Paper running jam (error code 381:)

Check item

(6-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on.

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(6-1-1) Check condition of the running path.

Paper running path
of the front unit


Check
if paper is jammed or not in the paper
running path.

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

Paper feed motor

driver, belt motor
driver and ID motor


Confirm
that the paper feed motor, belt motor
and ID motor work normally by using the Motor
& Clutch Test of the self-diagnostic mode.
Check if any load exists or not.

Feed motor
driving cord,
image drum
motor driving
cord, belt motor,
fuser driving
cord
If any attempt
of using new
ID unit or new
belt unit as a
trial is going
to be made,
be sure to use
the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

Paper feed motor,

belt motor

Pull out the CU/PU board BELT connector

1, and check the following at the side of the
connector:
Several M between Pin 1 and frame ground
Several M between Pin 2 and frame ground
Several M between Pin 3 and frame ground
Several M between Pin 4 and frame ground
Pull out the CU/PU board HOP connector 3, and
check the following at the side of the connector:
Several M between pin-1 FG
Several M between pin-2 FG
Several M between pin-3 FG
Several M between pin-4 FG

Replace the
CU/PU board.

(6-2-3) Motor operation check

Remove the
jammed paper.

(6-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

Check the sensor
lever of the WR
sensor.

Check if shape and movement of the sensor

levers have any abnormality or not.

Replace the
sensor lever
with the good
sensor lever.

(6-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts

Check the detection
condition of the
sensor signal.

Confirm that the sensor signals are normally

detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function
of the self-diagnostic mode.

Replace the
CU/PU board,
or appropriate
sensor(s) or
connection
cord(s).

Check the sensor

lever of the WR
sensor.

Check the following signal by using the CU/

PU board RGSNS connector 16:

Replace the
sensor.

(6-2) Jam occurs immediately after a paper is taken into printer.

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(6-2-1) Check condition of the paper running path

 aper running path
P
on the belt.

Remove the ID unit and check if paper is

jammed or not in the paper running path.

Remove the
jammed paper.

(6-2-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

 heck the sensor
C
lever of the WR
sensor.

44951501TH Rev.2

Check if shape and movement of the sensor

levers have any abnormality or not.

Replace the
sensor lever with
the good sensor
lever.

7-43

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(6-3) Jam occurs in the middle of paper running path.

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

Paper feed motor

driver, belt motor
driver and ID motor


Confirm
that the paper feed motor, belt motor
and ID motor work normally by using the Motor
& Clutch Test of the self-diagnostic mode.
Check if any load exists or not.

Replace: the
CU/PU board;
the feed motor,
the belt motor
and the image
drum motor; or
the image drum
unit and the belt
unit.
If any attempt
of using new
ID unit or new
belt unit as a
trial is going
to be made,
be sure to use
the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

Paper feed motor,

belt motor

Pull out the CU/PU board BELT connector

1, and check the following at the side of the
connector:
Several M between Pin 1 and frame ground
Several M between Pin 2 and frame ground
Several M between Pin 3 and frame ground
Several M between Pin 4 and frame ground
Pull out the CU/PU board HOP connector 3, and
check the following at the side of the connector:
Several M between pin-1 FG
Several M between pin-2 FG
Several M between pin-3 FG
Several M between pin-4 FG

Replace the
CU/PU board

(6-2-4) Check the system connection

Feed motor driving
cord, image drum
motor driving cord,
belt motor, fuser
driving cord

Feed motor driving

cord, image drum
motor driving cord,
belt motor driving
cord

Feed motor, belt

motor

44951501TH Rev.2

Check the connection condition of the cables.

CU/PU board HOP connector 12, DC ID
connector , DCHEAT connector , BELT
connector 3.
Check if the connector is connected in the halfway only or not, and check if the connector is
inserted in a slanted angle or not.
Check also that cables are assembled without
any abnormality.

Normalize the
connection
condition.
Replace the
cable with the
normal cable.

Check that any cable is not pinched during

assembling of the printer.
Pull out the CU/PU board BELT connector 3, and
check the following at the sides of the cords:
Short circuit between pin-1 FG
Short circuit between pin-2 FG
Short circuit between pin-3 FG
Short circuit between pin-4 FG
Pull out the CU/PU board HOP connector, and
check the following at the side of the cords:
Short circuit between pin-1 FG
Short circuit between pin-2 FG
Short circuit between pin-3 FG
Short circuit between pin-4 FG

Replace the
cable with the
good cable
that normalizes
the connection
condition.

Remove the respective connectors from the board,

and confirm that the following resistance exists
between the corresponding pins, at the cable side.
CU/PU board HOP connector 1
Between pin-1-pin-2 Approx. 3.4 or approx. 5 .
Between pin-3-pin-4 Approx. 3.4 or approx. 5 .
CU/PU board BELT connector 3
Between pin-1-pin-2 Approx. 6.1 or approx. 3.5 .
Between pin-3-pin-4 Approx. 6.1 or approx. 3.5 .
Between pin-5-pin-6 Approx. 3.4 or approx. 5 .
Between pin-7-pin-8 Approx. 3.4 or approx. 5 .

Replace paper
feed motor, belt
motor, ID Up
motor.

(6-3-1) Motor operation check

7-44

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(6-4) Jam occurs immediately after paper has reached the fuser.
Check item

Check operation

7.5.2. (7) Paper unloading jam (error code 382)

Actions for NG
results

(7-1) Paper unloading jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on.
Check item

Check operation

(6-4-1) Motor operation check

Fuser motor


Confirm
that the fuser motor works normally
by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the selfdiagnostic mode.
Check if any load exists or not.

Replace the
CU/PU board.
Replace the
fuser motor.
Replace the
fuser unit.
If any attempt of
using new fuser
unit as a trial
is going to be
made, be sure to
use the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

(6-4-2) Temperature control of the roller rotation speed

Heat roller detected
temperature

Check the detected temperature of the heat

roller using the self-diagnostic mode. Is
abnormally high temperature or abnormally
temperature detected?

(6-4-3) Check the installation condition of fuser unit

Fuser unit

44951501TH Rev.2

Check that the fuser unit is installed normally.

(Is it pushed in down to the bottom-most point?)

(7-1-1) Check condition of the paper running path

Paper running
path of the paper
unloading unit

Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper

running path.

Install the fuser

unit correctly in
a printer.

Remove the
jammed paper.

(7-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

EXIT sensor lever
check

Check if shape and movement of the sensor

levers have any abnormality or not.

Replace the
sensor lever with
the good sensor
lever.

(7-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts

Check the detection
condition of the
sensor signal.

Confirm that the sensor signals are normally

detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of
the self-diagnostic mode.

Replace: the
CU/PU board, or
the EXIT sensor
and its cord or
connection cord.

Check the output

signal level of the
EXIT sensor.

Check the following signal by using the CU/PU

board EXIT connector 8:
Pin-9: EXIT sensor
Confirm that the above signal levels change
when the sensor lever is operated.

Replace the
EXIT sensor.

Replace the
fuser unit and the
PU/CU board.
f any attempt
of using new
fuser unit as
a trial is going
to be made,
be sure to use
the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

Actions for NG
results

(7-1-4) Check the system connection

EXIT sensor cord

Confirm that the cables are not pinched,

sheathes are not peeled off, and they are
assembled normally.

Replace the
connecting cable
and normalize
the assembled
condition.

7-45

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(7-2) Paper unloading jam occurs after a paper is taken into printer.
Check item

Check operation

Check item
Actions for NG
results

(7-2-1) Check condition of the paper running path

Face Up Stacker
Cover


Confirm
that it is either fully opened or fully
closed

Eliminate any
in-between
condition of the
cover between
the fully open
position and
fully closed
position.

Rear panel


Check
that the installation condition of the rear
panel hampers smooth movement of a paper in
the paper running path, or not.

Remove the
rear panel and
re-install it.

Check that any mechanical load does not exist

that hampers the smooth movement of paper in
the paper running path of the paper unloading
unit, by the visual inspection.
Check if the paper unloading motor becomes
difficult to rotate or not.

Correct the
portion that
becomes
mechanical
load.

Paper running path

of unloading unit

(7-2-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

 ensor lever of the
S
paper exit sensor


Check
if shape and movement of the sensor
levers have any abnormality or not.

Replace the
sensor lever
with the good
sensor lever.

(7-2-3) Motor operation check

Fuser motor

44951501TH Rev.2


Confirm
that the fuser motor works normally
by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the selfdiagnostic mode.
Check if any load exists or not.

Replace the
CU/PU board,
the fuser motor
or the fuser unit.
fuser unit as
a trial is going
to be made,
be sure to use
the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(7-2-4) Check the system connection

Fuser motor drive
cable

Check the connection condition of the cables.

Visually check whether the CU/PU board
DCHEAT connector 4 is connected half or
inserted skewed or its cord assembly is improper.

Replace the
cable with the
good cable
that normalizes
the connection
condition.

(7-3) Paper unloading jam occurs in the middle of paper running path.
Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(7-3-1) Motor operation check

Fuser motor

Confirm that the fuser motor works normally

by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the selfdiagnostic mode.
Check if any load exists or not.

Replace the
CU/PU board,
the fuser motor
or the fuser unit.
If any attempt
of using new
fuser unit as
a trial is going
to be made,
be sure to use
the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

7-46

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (8) Two-sided printing jam (error code: 370, 371, 372, 373, 383)

(8-2) Two-sided printing jam occurs during taking in the paper into Duplex unit.

(8-1) Two-sided printing jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on.
Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(8-1-1) Check condition of the paper running path

 aper running path
P
of the Duplex unit


Check
if paper is jammed or not in the paper
running path.
Open the front cover and check if any paper
remains in the Duplex feeder or not.
Open the rear cover and check if any paper
remains in the paper reversing path or not.
Remove the Duplex unit. Check if any paper
exists in the Duplex insertion slot or not. Open
the cover of the Duplex paper running path and
check if any paper remains inside of the Duplex
unit.

Remove the
jammed paper.

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(8-2-2) Sensor lever operation check

DUP-R sensor
lever

Open the top cover, remove the image drums

and the belt unit, and touch the DUP-R sensor
lever to check whether it moves smoothly.

Replace the
DUP-R sensor
lever.

DUP-IN sensor

Confirm that the sensor signals are normally

detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function
of the self-diagnostic mode.

Replace the
CU/PU board,
or appropriate
sensor(s) or
connection
cord(s).

(8-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

Check the sensor
levers of the
respective sensors
of the Duplex unit.

Check if shape and movement of the sensor

levers have any abnormality or not.

Replace the
sensor lever
with the good
sensor lever.

(8-2-3) Check condition of the paper running path

Paper inverting
transport path

(8-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts

Check the detection
condition of the
sensor signal.

44951501TH Rev.2

 onfirm that the sensor signals are normally

C
detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function
of the self-diagnostic mode.
Check sensor detection with paper in the duplex
unit, and with it removed from the duplex unit.

Replace the
Duplex board
(V7Y PCB),
or replace the
defective sensor
or connection
cable.

Check that any foreign materials such as

paper chip or blue do not exist that hampers
the smooth movement of paper in the paper
inverting transport path.

Remove the
foreign material.

(8-2-4) Motor operation check

Duplex pull-in/
reversing roller and
its pinch roller

Check if the pull-in/reversing roller of the Duplex

unit contacts or not with the pinch roller of the
cover side when the Duplex rear cover is closed.
(Does the pinch roller rotate when the roller is
rotating?)

Replace the
rear cover.

7-47

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(8-3) Two-sided printing jam occurs in the process of reversing paper.
Check item

Check operation

(8-5) Paper is not supplied from the Duplex unit to the regist roller.
Actions for NG
results

(8-3-1) Sensor lever operation check

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(8-5-1) Clutch operation check

DUP-R sensor
lever

Open the rear cover. Touch the Dup-IN sensor

lever to check if its movement is unsmooth or
not.

Replace the
DUP-R sensor
lever

DUP-R sensor

Confirm that the sensor signals are normally

detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function
of the self-diagnostic mode.

Replace the
CU/PU board,
the sensor or its
connection cord.

Duplex clutch

Confirm that the Duplex clutch works normally

by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the selfdiagnostic mode.Confirm it by listening to the
sound.

Replace the
CU/PU board
or the clutch.

(8-3-2) Motor operation check

Fuser motor

Visually check whether paper started being

reversed.
When no paper reversing operation has
performed, check whether the planet gear
at the lower right side of the fuser moves
smoothly.

Replace the
planetary gear.

(8-4) Two-sided printing jam occurs during transporting paper inside the Duplex unit.
Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(8-4-1) Sensor lever operation check

Dup-R, Dup-F
sensor lever

Open the top cover, remove the image drums

and the belt unit and check the operation of
the DUP-F sensor lever.

Replace the
sensor lever.

Confirm that the sensor signals are normally

detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function
of the self-diagnostic mode.
Check sensor detection with paper in the duplex
unit, and with it removed from the duplex unit.

Replace the
CU/PU board,
appropriate
sensor(s) or
connection
cord(s).

(8-4-2) Sensor check

Check the detection
condition of the
sensor signal

44951501TH Rev.2

7-48

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (9) Paper size error (error code 400)

7.5.2. (10) ID unit Up/Down error (Service call 142)

(9-1) Jam occurs when paper end is located near the IN1 sensor.

(10-1) Error occurs during the Up movement of the ID unit

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(10-1-1) Check the mechanical load during the Up movement

(9-1-1) Check paper feed condition

Multifeed of papers

Open the front cover and check if multifeed of

papers occurs or not.

If the multifeed

occurs again
after the
jammed paper
is removed,
replace the flap
of the tray in
use.

Paper size

Does the paper size specified for print match the

paper size of paper stuck in the tray.

Change the
specified paper
size or size of
paper inside the
tray.

Hopping sensor

Check if shape and movement of the sensor

levers have any abnormality or not.

Replace the
sensor lever
with the good
sensor lever.

Mechanical load
during installation
and removal of the
ID unit


Check
if abnormal heavy load is applied when
removing the ID unit.

IReplace

the ID
unit, or replace
the right/left side
plate.
If any attempt
of using new ID
unit as a trial
is going to be
made, be sure to
use the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

 reasing to the right

G
and left Up/Down
link levers


Check
if the slant surface of the link lever is
coated by grease or not.

Apply grease.

Assembled
condition of the right
and left Up/Down
link levers

Check if any part exists or not in the vicinity of

link lever, that hampers movement of the link
lever.

Assemble them
correctly.

(10-1-2) Up/Down mechanism

44951501TH Rev.2

Assembled
condition of
the peripheral
mechanism of the
link lever

 the mechanism assembled so that the link

Is
lever is connected to the driving gear?

Assemble them
correctly.

Right and left link

levers

Check if the link lever is set in the correct

position that enables the specified engagement
of gears.
(Check if the link lever is set in the wrong
position that results in the wrong engagement of
gears by several teeth.)

Assemble them
correctly.

7-49

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

7.5.2. (11) Fuser unit error (error 170 to 177)

(11-1) Error occurs immediately after the power is turned on.
Check item

(10-1-3) Sensor check

Up/Down sensor
lever (unified
structure with the
left link lever)


Check
if shape and movement of the sensor
levers have any abnormality or not.

Up/Down sensor

Confirm that the sensor signals are normally

detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function
of the self-diagnostic mode.
Check if the SCAN state changes or not when
the incoming light is interrupted/passed by using
a piece of paper or the like for the transparent
type sensor.

Replace the left

link lever.

Replace the high

voltage board.

Check operation

(11-1-1) Thermistor is defective

Note)

Upper thermistor,
lower thermistor,
frame thermistor

Check the respective thermistors if they are

shorted or opened internally.
Check the resistance value at the connector pins
in the bottom of the fuser unit.
(Refer to section 8.1 Resistance check (fuser
unit).)

Replace the
fuser unit.
If any attempt
of using new
fuser unit as
a trial is going
to be made,
be sure to use
the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

Installed condition
of fuser unit.

Check if the fuser nit is pressed in until the

connector in the bottom of the fuser unit is surely
connected.

Re-set the fuser

unit.

(10-2) Error occurs during the Down movement of the ID unit

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(10-2-1) Check the mechanical load during the Down movement

Mechanical load
during installation
and removal of the
ID unit

Check if abnormal heavy load is applied when

removing the ID unit.

Replace the ID
unit, or replace
the right/left side
plate.

Greasing to the right

and left Up/Down
link levers

Check if the slant surface of the link lever is

coated by grease or not.

Apply grease.

Assembled
condition of the right
and left Up/Down
link levers


Check
if any part exists or not in the vicinity of
link lever, that hampers movement of the link
lever.

44951501TH Rev.2

Actions for NG
results

Note! Service calls 171 error and 171 error can occur when the printer temperature
is below 0 . Turn on the power again after the printer temperature has
increased.
(11-2) Error occurs approx. 1 minute after the power is turned on.
Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(11-2-1) Temperature increase of fuser unit

Assemble them
correctly.

Thermostat,
halogen lamp

Heater of the fuser unit is controlled of its

temperature. Check if the fuser unit gets hot or
not by touching it with hands.
If the fuser unit temperature does not increase
and remains cold, check that the resistance
between pin-1 and pin-2, and that in between
pin-3 and pin-4 of the two connectors is in the
range of several ohms to several ten ohms
respectively. (Refer to section 8.1 Resistance
value (fuser unit).)

Replace the
fuser unit.
If any attempt
of using new
fuser unit as
a trial is going
to be made,
be sure to use
the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

7-50

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

Installation position
of the lower
thermistor

(12-1) The low voltage power supply fan does not rotate immediately after the power is
turned on.

(11-2-2) Temperature increase of fuser unit

Installation position
of the upper
thermistor

7.5.2. (12) Motor fan error (error code 122, 128)

 heck if the upper thermistor is installed in the

C
far position from the specified position or not
causing detection of the lower temperature than
the actual temperature of fuser unit.
Remove the heater cover, and check warpage of
sensor by visual inspection.

Replace the
fuser unit.
If any attempt
of using new
fuser unit as
a trial is going
to be made,
be sure to use
the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

The lower thermister must be installed while

contacting with the fuser unit. Check if the lower
thermister is installed in the far position from the
specified position or not causing detection of the
lower temperature than the actual temperature
of fuser unit.

Replace the
fuser unit.
If any attempt
of using new
fuser unit as
a trial is going
to be made,
be sure to use
the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

Check item

Check operation

(12-1-1) Cable connection condition and wiring condition

Cable connection
condition and wiring
condition of the
low voltage power
supply fan and
those of the fuser
fan

Check if the connectors are connected normally

or not.
Check if extra length of the cables does not
touch the fan blade or not.


Check
if the AC voltage for heater is normally
supplied or not.
Power supply CN2 connector , between pin-1

Replace the low

voltage power
supply.

and pin-2, and between pin-3 and pin-4.

Heater ON signal
that is output
from PU to the
low voltage power
supply

44951501TH Rev.2

Check that the heater ON signal goes active at

the warming up timing, or not.
"L" active while ON.
CU/PU board POWER connector-10 pins 14
and 15

Replace the
CU/PU board.

Correct the
connection
condition of
the connectors.
Correct the
cable wiring
route. Replace
the fan.

(12-2) All fans of the printer do not rotate.

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(12-2-1) 24V power supply

CU/PU board fuses,
F4 and F5


Check
if the fuses F4 and F5 are not opencircuit or not.

24V power
supplied to the
CU/PU board

24V power supplied

to the CU/PU board

Check the power supply voltages at the

of the PU/CU board.
POWER connector
Pins 7, 8 and 9: 24V
Pins 4, 5 and 6: 0VL
Pins 10, 11 and 12: 0VP

Replace the low

voltage power
supply.

(11-2-3) AC power input to the halogen lamp

AC power voltage
from the low voltage
power supply

Actions for NG
results

7-51

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (13) Print speed is slow. (Performance is low.)

Check item

(13-1) Print speed decreases.

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(13-1-2) Media Weight setting

Media Weight that
is specified for the
print

Check if the wrong Media Weight has been

specified or not.

Correct the
Media Weight.

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(14-2-3) Check the control signals.

Control signal that
is output from the
CU/PU board to the
option tray board
(GOG-1 PCB)

Check the control signals that are output from

the 2ND connector of the CU/PU board.
Pin 6: TXD (PU -> 2nd)
Pin 5: RXD (2nd -> PU)

Replace the
CU/PU board.

7.5.2. (15) LED head cannot be recognized. (error code 131, 132, 133, 134)
(15-1) Service call 131 to 134 (LED HEAD Missing)

7.5.2. (14) Option unit cannot be recognized.

(14-2) Option try unit cannot be recognized.
Check item

Check operation

Check item
Actions for NG
results

(14-2-1) Option try board

Option tray unit

Check if the option tray unit in use is of

C331dn, C511dn, or C531dn specification.

Replace it with
an appropriate
option tray unit.

(14-1-2) Check the system connection

Connection
between the CU/
PU board and the
option tray board
(V7Y PCB)

Check that the cord between the 2ND

of the CU/PU board and the
connector
option tray board is properly connected.

Square connector
connecting the
option tray unit with
the main unit

Check if any foreign material exists in the

connecting portion of the square connector.

Remove the
foreign material.

Square connector
connecting the
option tray unit with
the main unit

Is the terminals of the square connector

damaged?

Replace the
connector.

44951501TH Rev.2

Correct the
connections.

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(15-1-1) Check the system connection

Connecting
condition of the
CU/PU board
connector and the
head connector

Check the connecting condition of the FFC by

the visual inspection.

Correct the
connection
to the normal
connecting
condition.

Head FFC

Remove the head FFC from the printer. Check

if any open-circuit or peeling-off of sheath has
occurred or not throughout the cable.

Replace the
head FFC or
CU/PU board.

Conduction of the
fuse on the CU/PU
board

Check that measurements taken at both ends

of each capacitor CP6 (C531/C331/C321) and
CP8 (C511/C301) show 5V. (See section 7.6.)
Or, instead of the above, check if each fuse
F501 (C531/C331/C321) and F6 (C511/C301)
is open or not.

Replace the
CU/PU board.

7-52

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (16) Toner cartridge cannot be recognized. (error code 540, 541, 542, 543)
(16-1) Error caused by the consumable items.
Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(16-1-1) Consumable items installation condition

ID unit and toner
cartridge

Check that the ID unit is installed in the normal

position. Check that the lock lever of the toner
cartridge is locked.

Correct the
installation to
the normal
installation
condition.

(16-2) Error caused by the toner sensor

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(16-2-1) Toner sensor condition

Toner sensor

Toner sensor

Is the receptor of the toner sensor stained?

Confirm that the toner sensor works normally

by using the SWITCH SCAN function of the
self-diagnostic mode.
Place a white paper in front of the toner
sensor, and check if the SCAN state changes
or not.

Note! Toner sensor operation check method using the SWITCH SCAN function of
the self-diagnostic mode.
(1) How to check operation of the toner sensor at the printer side.
1. Status change of the toner sensor can be checked from the Operator Panel
using the self-diagnostic mode. First, switch the display to the Operator Panel
display. For the method of switching the display to the Operator Panel display,
refer to section 5.3.2.3 Switch Scan Test
2. Remove the ID unit and the toner cartridge (TC) from a printer. There is a
window inside a printer opposing the ID side when viewed from the front of
a printer. The toner sensor is located inside the window.
3. Place a white paper 3 mm away from the sensor window. The white paper
should be placed in the manner of opposing the toner sensor.
4. When light is reflected by a white paper so that incident light falls on the
toner sensor, the Operator Panel display shows "L". When the paper is
moved so that any light is not reflected by the paper so that the incident light
does not reach the toner sensor, "H" is displayed on the Operator Panel.
5. If the Operator Panel display toggles between "H" <-> "L" as a paper is
flipped in front of the toner sensor, it indicates that the toner sensor and the
related system of the printer are working normally.
Action to be taken at NG

Wipe off the

stain from the
toner sensor.
Replace the
toner sensor
board, CU/PU
board, or FFC
that is located
between the
toner sensor
board and the
CU/PU board.

Clean surface of the toner sensor to remove the stains due to residual toner
and paper dust.
Check the connection state between the CU/PU board and the toner sensor
board (ZHJ) that are connected with the FFC cable.
Check it once again, and if no change has found in the state, replace the CU/
PU board or the toner sensor board (ZHJ).

(2) How to check operation of the toner sensor at the toner cartridge (TC) side
1. To the position where the toner sensor is confirmed to be operating normally
in the printer itself by the above paragraph (1), install the TC and the ID unit
to check operations by observing display on the Operator Panel.
2. If the ID unit works normally, the display on the Operator Panel will toggle
between "H" <-> "L" in synchronism with movement of the silver reflector
plate that is located on the side of the ID.
Action to be taken at NG
Check operation condition of the respective ID motors by using the Motor &
Clutch Test of the self-diagnostic mode.
Clean surface of the silver reflector plate on the side of ID to remove stains.
(Stain due to toner or paper dust)
Replace the TC of different color and the ID unit as a pair.
If a satisfactory operation is attained by using the a pair of TC of different
color and the ID unit, replace the TC or replace the ID unit.

44951501TH Rev.2

7-53

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(16-3) Error caused by the defective mechanism
Check item

Check operation

7.5.2. (17) Fuse cut error (error codes 153 to 155)

Actions for NG
results

(17-1) Fuse cut error

Check item

Check operation

(16-3-1) Mechanical load applied to the ID unit

ID unit


Check
if a heavy mechanical load is being
applied to the ID unit due to breakage of the
waster toner belt, or not.

Replace the K
toner.

Check if a heavy mechanical load is being

applied to the ID unit by the waster toner box,
or not.

44951501TH Rev.2

Confirm that the respective ID motors work

normally or not by using the Motor & Clutch Test
of the self-diagnostic mode.
Check if any extra load exists or not.

(17-1-1) Check the system connection

FFC connecting the
CU/PU board and
the toner sensor
board (ZHJ PCB)

of the CU/
Check if the SSNS connector
PU board or the SSNS connector 20 of the
toner sensor board (ZHJ PCB) is connected
halfway or inserted in a slanted angle.

Connect the
FFC normally.
Alternately,
replace the FFC.

Upon completion of the system connection

check, turn off the power once and back on. The,
check if the error occurs or not.

Replace the
CU/PU board.

(17-1-2) Fuse cut circuit

(16-3-2) Motor operating condition

ID motor

Actions for NG
results

Replace the
CU/PU board
or the ID motor.

CU/PU board

7-54

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (18) Humidity sensor error (error code 123)

Check item

(18-1) Humidity sensor error

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(18-1-1) Check the system connection

Connection to the
CU/PU board and
to the toner sensor
board

Check if the 16-conductor FFC is connected

of the CU/PU board
to the SSNS connector
normally.
Check if the 16-conductor FFC is connected
to the SSNS connector 19 of the toner sensor
board normally.

Re-connect the
cable normally.

FFC connecting the

CU/PU board and
the toner sensor
board

Check for open-circuit with VOM.

Check that peeling off of sheath does not occur
in any cables by visual inspection.

Replace the
FFC with the
normal FFC.

44951501TH Rev.2

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

Is the environment condition changed sharply

from a low temperature environment to a high
environment condition within a short time?
(Example is such a case that a printer is moved
from storage condition of a cold area in winter to
an office environment.)

Leave a printer
for around one
hour in the new
environment
to get used
to the new
environment.
After that, turn
on the power
again.
Before turn
on the power,
touch the metal
panel of the
controller panel
and the metal
plate inside a
printer to feel
temperature
increase
inside a printer
with human
hands. After
confirmation
that the printer
temperature has
increased close
to the room
temperature,
turn on the
power again.

(18-1-2) Environment condition

Sharp change
of environment
condition

7-55

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2.(19) Connection diagram

44951501TH Rev.2

7-56

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.3 Troubleshooting of image problems

(1) Color is faint and fades across pages (see Fig. 7-2 A)....................................7-58

(1-1) Color is faint and fades.....................................................................7-58

(2) The white area of printed pages is dirty (see Fig. 7-2 B).................................7-59

(2-1) The white area of printed pages is dirty (partially)...........................7-59

(2-2) The white area of printed pages is dirty (all over). ..........................7-59

(3) Printed pages are blank (see Fig. 7-2 C).........................................................7-60

(3-1) A printed pages are entirely blank. ..................................................7-60

(4) Vertical lines are produced in printed pages. ..................................................7-61

(4-1) Fine lines (colored) (see Fig. 7-2 D) ................................................7-61

(4-2) Fine lines (white) (see Fig. 7-2 F) ...................................................7-61

A Faint and faded

across the page

Dirty white area

C Entirely blank

(5) Print quality problems appear periodically (see Fig. 7-2 E). ...........................7-61

(5-1) Print quality problems appear vertically and periodically. ................7-61

(6) Color misregistration is significant. .................................................................7-62

(6-1) The message Adjusting color displayed at power on stays
for a short time. ..............................................................................7-62
(6-2) Although the REG ADJUST TEST result of the engine
maintenance function is OK, color misregistration occurs................7-62
(7) Black filled-in printing .....................................................................................7-62

(7-1) Printed pages are filled-in black entirely. .........................................7-62

(8) Color jobs are printed in monochrome, not in color. .......................................7-63

(8-1) False setting of the limited-color printing menu................................7-63

D Vertical black

E Periodic problems

stripe/line

F Vertical white
band/line

Fig.7-2

Note! To replace the CU/PU board with a new one, load EEPROM chip data on the
old board and copy it to the new board.

44951501TH Rev.2

7-57

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.3 (1) Color is faint and fades across pages (see Fig. 7-2 A).

Check item

(1-1) Color is faint and fades.

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

ID unit terminal
Check the operator panel if it displays Prepare
to replace the toner cartridge or Replace the
toner cartridge.

Replace any
applicable toner
cartridge with
a new toner
cartridge.

Tape at the toner

cartridge opening

Check to make sure that the tape is removed

from each toner cartridge opening.

Move the toner

cartridge lever
to the closed
position and
remove any
applicable
tape from the
opening.

(1-1-2) LED head

LED head lens

Check the LED head lens if its surface is dirty

with toner or paper dust.

Clean them with

soft tissue paper.

LED head attaching

state

Check the LED head if it is properly set into

the LED head holder. Check the tension
spring on the both sides if they are set
properly.

Correct them
so that they are
properly set.

Check if the media used for printing is

especially thick.

Use standard
paper.

Actions for NG
results

(1-1-4) High-voltage terminal

(1-1-1) Toner
Remaining toner
amount

Check operation

Visually check each ID unit high-voltage

terminal if it contacts the contact assembly
properly. (See Fig. 7-3.)

Replace any
applicable ID unit
or correct any
applicable highvoltage terminal.
When using a
new ID unit as a
try, select FUSE
KEEP MODE
of the system
maintenance
menu.

(1-1-5) ID unit installation state

ID unit down
position (transfer
error)

Take out and insert each ID unit by hand to

check that there is no abnormal load and it
goes down to normal down position. If the
top end of a sheet of paper inserted between
the drum and the belt is bent easily, it means
improper installation state.

Check the
U-groove
of the side
plate for any
abnormality.
If it is not
repairable,
replace the unit.

(1-1-3) Print media

Media type

44951501TH Rev.2

7-58

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.3 (2) The white area of printed pages is dirty (see Fig. 7-2 B).

(2-2) The white area of printed pages is dirty (all over).

(2-1) The white area of printed pages is dirty (partially).

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

Toner leakage

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(2-2-1) Print media

(2-1-1) ID unit
Exposure of a drum
to light

Check item

Was any ID unit left in an environment where

its drum surface was exposed to light for a
long period of time?

Replace any
applicable ID unit.
When using a
new ID unit as a
try, select FUSE
KEEP MODE
of the system
maintenance
menu.

Is toner leaking from any ID unit or toner

cartridge?

Replace any
applicable ID unit
or toner cartridge.
When using a
new ID unit as a
try, select FUSE
KEEP MODE
of the system
maintenance
menu.

Visually check each fuser unit if offset toner in

the previous printing adheres to them.

Repeat blind
printing using
unnecessary
media until offset
toner is created
on print media,
or replace any
applicable fuser
unit. When using
a new ID unit as
a try, select FUSE
KEEP MODE
of the system
maintenance
menu.

Media type

Is the media used for printing is especially

thick?

Use standard
paper.

(2-2-2) High-voltage terminal

ID unit terminal

Visually check each ID unit high-voltage

terminal if it contacts the contact assembly
properly. (See Fig. 7-3.)

Replace any
applicable ID
unit or correct
any applicable
high-voltage
terminal. When
using a new ID
unit as a try,
select FUSE
KEEP MODE
of the system
maintenance
menu.

(2-1-2) Fuser unit

Offset toner in the
fuser units

44951501TH Rev.2

7-59

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.3 (3) Printed pages are blank (see Fig. 7-2 C).

Check item

(3-1) A printed pages are entirely blank.

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

Remaining toner
amount

Check if the amount of toner remaining in

toner cartridges is sufficient.

Replace any
toner cartridge
with little toner.

LED head

Check each LED head and relevant drum

if they face each other at a correct position
when the cover is closed. Check each LED
heads light-emitting face for anything that
blocks emission of light.

Correct the
LED head
position.

LED head
connection state

Check LED heads if they are connected

properly.

Replace any
applicable LED
head.

Drum shaft

Are drum shafts installed in a manner that

they contact the side plates on both sides
correctly?

Replace any
applicable ID
unit. When
using a new ID
unit as a try,
select FUSE
KEEP MODE
of the system
maintenance
menu.

CU/PU board fuse

F501 (C531/C331/
C321), F6 (C511/
C301)

Measure resistance values of F501 (C551/

C331/C321) and F6 (C511/C301).
1 or less : Normal
1 or more: NG

Replace the
CU/PU board.

(3-1-2) Exposure state

44951501TH Rev.2

Actions for NG
results

(3-1-3) High-voltage terminal

ID unit terminal

(3-1-1) Toner state

Check operation

Visually check each ID unit high-voltage

terminal if it contacts the contact assembly
properly. (See Fig. 7-3.)

Replace any
applicable ID
unit or highvoltage board,
or correct any
applicable
high-voltage
terminal. When
using a new ID
unit as a try,
select FUSE
KEEP MODE
of the system
maintenance
menu.

7-60

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.3 (4) Vertical lines are produced in printed pages.

7.5.3 (5) Print quality problems appear periodically (see Fig. 7-2 E).

(4-1) Fine lines (colored) (see Fig. 7-2 D)

(5-1) Print quality problems appear vertically and periodically.

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(4-1-1) ID unit state

ID unit filming

Were pages printed with toner empty?

Replace any
applicable toner
cartridge with
a new one. If it
doesnt solve
the problem,
replace the
relevant ID
unit. When
using a new ID
unit as a try,
select FUSE
KEEP MODE
of the system
maintenance
menu.

Check operation

Do foreign matters adhere to the Selfoc lens

light-emitting face of any LED head?

Remove the
foreign matters.

Check if the paper feed path reaching the

fusing area have burrs that scrape unfixed
toner.

Remove the
burrs.

(4-2-2) Paper feed state

Paper feed path

44951501TH Rev.2

Actions for NG
results

Image drum

Check if the cycle is 94.3 mm.

Replace any
applicable ID
unit.

Developing roller

Check if the cycle is 30.2 mm.

Replace any
applicable ID
unit.

Toner supply roller

Check if the cycle is 43.1 mm.

Replace any
applicable ID
unit.

Charging roller

Check if the cycle is 29.9 mm.

Replace any
applicable ID
unit..

Roller above the

fuser

Check if the cycle is 85.4 mm.

Replace any
applicable fuser
unit.

Fuser belt

Check if the cycle is 94.2 mm.

Replace any
applicable fuser
unit.

Transfer roller

Check if the cycle is 37.7 mm.

Replace the belt

unit.

Actions for NG
results

(4-2-1) LED head state

LED head

Check operation

(5-1-1) Cycle

(4-2) Fine lines (white) (see Fig. 7-2 F)

Check item

Check item

When using any

new consumable
as a try, select
FUSE KEEP
MODE of
the system
maintenance
menu.

7-61

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.3 (6) Color misregistration is significant.

(7) Black filled-in printing

(6-1) The message Adjusting color displayed at power on stays for a short time.

(7-1) Printed pages are filled-in black entirely.

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(6-1-1) Color registration adjustment result

Time of color
registration
adjustment (if it is
normal, correction
takes about 40
seconds)

Execute REG ADJUST TEST in the selfdiagnostic mode and check the result.
Even if an error has occurred, it is not
displayed when ON LINE is displayed.

Check item

Check the operator panel if it displays Prepare

to replace the toner cartridge or Replace the
toner cartridge.

Replace the
sensor if the
result shows
NG. Clean the
sensor. Replace
the shutter.
Replace the
CU/PU board.

CH terminal

From above the printer, visually check if the

terminal jutting out the printer contacts the
high-voltage terminal, which is located on the
left side of the ID unit, normally.

Replace the
terminal on the
printer side.

CH terminal

Check if the high-voltage terminal on the highvoltage board is in a normal contact state.
Open the left-side cover, detach the highvoltage board, and check if the terminal is
installed improperly.

Remove
and install
the terminal
properly.

Replace an
applicable toner
cartridge with a
new one.

ID unit terminal

Visually check each ID unit high-voltage

terminal if it contacts the contact assembly
properly. (See Fig. 7-3.)

Replace any
applicable ID
unit or highvoltage board,
or correct any
applicable highvoltage terminal.
When using a
new ID unit as a
try, select FUSE
KEEP MODE
of the system
maintenance
menu.

(6-1-3) Color registration sensor

Dirty sensor

Check the sensor if it is dirty with toner or

paper dust.

Wipe them off.

(6-1-4) Color registration sensor shutter

Malfunction of the
shutter

Check shutter operation in the self-diagnostic

mode.

Replace the
shutter or repair
the mechanism.

(6-2) Although the REG ADJUST TEST result of the engine maintenance function is OK,
color misregistration occurs.
Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(6-2-1) Feeding system

Paper feed state in
the paper feed path

44951501TH Rev.2

Check the paper feed path if there is

something that blocks the paper in the paper
feed path.

Actions for NG
results

(7-1-1) High-voltage terminal contacting state

(6-1-2) Toner
Remaining toner
amount

Check operation

Remove the
blocking object.

(7-1-2) High-voltage output state

CH output

If a high-voltage probe is available as a

maintenance tool, open the left-side cover
and check CH output on the soldering side of
the high-voltage board using the high-voltage
probe during printing. (High-voltage probes
are not a general maintenance tool.)

Replace the
high-voltage
board.

7-62

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.3 (8) Color jobs are printed in monochrome, not in color.
(8-1) False setting of the limited-color printing menu
Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(8-1-1) Limited-color printing menu state

Boot Menu item

Select Process Setup of the Boot Menu

items and check that the setting of Custom
Process is Full Color. (See section 5.6 for
information on Boot Menu.)

Change the
setting to Full
Color.

Developing roller

Ground

Charging roller
Toner supply roller
Developing blade

Fig.7-3

44951501TH Rev.2

7-63

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4 Network troubleshooting

7.5.4.1 Connection errors occur by use of a Web browser

(C331/C531 only)

(1) Printing cannot be performed from the utility

Check item

Check operation

Actions for NG
results

(1) Check the LINK light.

Check if the LINK
light (green) is on.

Check if the HUB and the printer is connected

properly. (Check that the network cable is
connected properly.)

Reconnect the
network cable
properly.

Check that a straight cable is being used.

Replace it with a
straight cable.

Connect the network cable to another port of

the HUB.

Use another
HUB.

(2) Check the network information

Check if the
network information
cane be printed
correctly.

Check the IP address, SUB net mask and

gateway address in a printed network
information page.

Establish connection by https://<printer IP address>.

1) If the printer setting page is displayed, the followings are probable.

Take an appropriate measure by referring to the following sections.

* A certificate is not created yet (or creation of a certificate failed).
-> Refer to section 7.5.4.1.1 Has a certificate been created?
* A certificate has been created but the SSL/TLS setting is set to OFF.
-> Refer to section 7.5.4.1.2 Is the SSL/TLS setting set to ON?

Select Information Menu - Network/Execute

Rewrite the NIC
on the panel and print the network information. firmware using
the utility.

(3) Check the contents of the network information.

Check the IP
address, SUB net
mask and gateway
address.

If the printer setting page cannot be displayed at https://<printer IP address> by a Web

browser, check the followings.

Set the IP
address, SUB
net mask and
gateway address
correctly.

2) If the printer setting page is not displayed, the followings are probable.
* The version number of the browser is old.
-> Refer to section 7.5.4.1.3 Check the version number of the Web
browser.
* Encryption strength is set to Strong.
-> Refer to section 7.5.4.1.4 Check the encryption strength of the printer.

(4) Check if communication is possible via a network.

Check if a ping
command is sent
from the PC to the
printer.

Send a ping command from the PC to the

printer and check if the printer responds it
correctly.

Set the IP
address, SUB
net mask and
gateway address
correctly.

Check setting items of the OKILPR utility.

Set OKILPR
utility settings
correctly.

(5) Check the utility.

Check OKILPR
utility settings.

(6) Perform a check using an OS standard port.

Make a check
using a Windows
standard LPR port.

44951501TH Rev.2

Set up a Windows standard LPR port and

check if printing can be performed.

Set up a
Windows
standard LPR
port correctly.

7-64

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4.1.1 Has a certificate been created?

7.5.4.1.2 Is the SSL/TLS setting set to ON?

Log in as an administrator and select Security and Encryption (SSL/TLS).

Log in as an administrator and select Security and Encryption (SSL/TLS).

If the following screen is displayed, no certificate of the printer is created yet. (The same
screen is displayed when creation of a certificate has failed.)

If the following screen is displayed, a certificate has already been created, but the SSL/TLS
setting is set to OFF.

Solution: Create a certificate by referring to the Users Manual (Advanced).

Solution: Change the SSL/TLS setting to ON.

Screen before creation of a certificate (default)

44951501TH Rev.2

7-65

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4.1.3 Check the version number of the Web browser.

Check the version number of the Web browser being used.
How to check the version number:
For Internet Explorer
Start the browser and select HELP and Version information.
A recommended version is Internet Explorer 6 or higher.

For Netscape
Start the web browser and select HELP and Netscape.
A recommended version is Netscape 6 or higher.

Solution: Install the latest Web browser.

If the version of the browser in use is older than the recommended

version, communication may become possible in some cases by
setting the encryption strength to Weak. Setting the encryption

Solution: Install the latest Web browser or install a high encryption pack.

strength to Weak lowers the security level. To change the encryption

If the version of the browser in use is older than the recommended

strength, refer to section 7.5.4.1.4 Confirm the encryption strength of

version, communication may become possible in some cases by

the printer.

setting the encryption strength to Weak. Setting the encryption

strength to Weak lowers the security level. To change the encryption
strength, refer to section 7.5.4.1.4 Confirm the encryption strength of
the printer.

44951501TH Rev.2

7-66

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4.2 Print operation is not possible (C331/C531 only)

7.5.4.2.1 Has a printer been created?

If print operation is not possible by using an encrypted IPP printer, check the followings.

The printer may not have been created properly.

Establish connection by https://<printer IP address>.

To use the IPP print (encryption) function, a printer must have been created by setting the
port as URL https://<printer IP address>/ipp.

1) If the printer setting page is displayed, the followings are probable.

* A certificate is not created yet (or creation of a certificate failed).

-> Refer to section 7.5.4.1.1 Has a certificate been created?
* A certificate has been created but the SSL/TLS setting is set to OFF.
-> Refer to section 7.5.4.1.2 Is the SSL/TLS setting set to ON?
2) If the printer setting page is not displayed, the followings are probable.

For details of printer creation methods, refer to the Users Manual (Advanced).

Take an appropriate measure by referring to the following sections.

Take an appropriate measure by referring to the following sections.

* The version number of the browser is old.
-> Refer to section 7.5.4.1.3 Check the version number of the Web
browser.
* Encryption strength is set to Strong.
-> Refer to section 7.5.4.1.4 Check the encryption strength of the printer.
* The browser doesnt support the key exchange method of the printer.
(Compatibility problem)
* The OS does not support IPP (encrypted) printing.

7.5.4.2.2 Is the IPP setting set to Enable?

The IPP setting may not be set to Enable.
As the default setting of the printer, IPP has been set to Disable.
To use the IPP print function, the IPP setting must be set to Enable.
For how to change the IPP setting, refer to the Users Manual (Advanced).

7.5.4.3 A certificate cannot be created. (C331/C531 only)

When a certificate cannot be created, the following causes are probable.
Take an appropriate measure by referring to the following sections.
* Not all the required entry fields are filled in.
-> Refer to section 7.5.4.3.1 Not all the required entry fields are filled in.
* The printer is printing.
-> Refer to section 7.5.4.3.2 The printer is printing.

-> Refer to section 7.5.4.2.1 Check the OS (Operating System).

* An IPP (encrypted) printer has not been created yet.
-> Refer to section 7.5.4.2.2 Has a printer been created?
* IPP setup of the Printer is not Enabled.
-> Refer to section 7.5.4.2.3 Is the IPP setting set to Enable?

7.5.4.3.1 Not all the required entry fields are filled in.
If every required entry field is filled in, a certificate cannot be created.
To create a certificate, the followings must be filled in: CommonName, Organization, Locality,
State/Province, Country/Region. (Entry into Organizational Unit may be skipped.)

Solution: Enter appropriate values into all of the required entry fields, and
execute creation of a certificate. For details of the required entry fields
and how to create certificates, refer to the Users Manual (Advanced).

44951501TH Rev.2

7-67

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4.3.2 The printer is printing.

No certificate can be created during printing. (Print operation has priority.)
Solution: It is required to keep the printer not to perform any operation (such as
printing) until the whole operation from creating a certificate, a selfsigned certification and a CSR of a certificate of a certifying authority,
to installing a certificate is completed (completion of creation of a selfsigned certification and a CSR, and completion of installation of a
certificate).

7.5.4.4 A certificate cannot be installed. (C331/C531 only)

When installation of a certificate fails, the following causes are probable.
Take an appropriate measure by referring to the following sections.
* The user has changed the IP address of the printer to an IP address that is
different from the IP address used during creation of a CSR.
-> Refer to section 7.5.4.4.1 The printer IP address has been changed.
* The network card is initialized while the user is applying for issuance of a
certificate to a certifying authority (i.e., while waiting for installation of a
certificate).
-> Refer to section 7.5.4.4.2 The network card has been initialized.
* Deletion of CSR was executed while the user is applying for issuance of
a certificate to a certifying authority (i.e., while waiting for installation of a
certificate).
-> Refer to section 7.5.4.4.3 A CSR has been deleted.

7.5.4.4.1 The printer IP address has been changed.

If the printer IP address is different from the IP address used during creation of a CSR in
trying to install a certificate, an error occurs and installation of a certificate is not performed.
If a change was made to the setting of printer IP address only, no error will occur after the IP
address is changed to the original one.

Solution: Reset the IP address of the printer to the IP address used during
creation of a CSR, and then install a certificate.
Note! Do not change any printer setting while a creation process of a certificate of
a certifying authority is in progress (during a period from creation of a CSR
to installation of a certificate). If any printer setting is changed, the issued
certificate becomes invalid necessitating resetting from the beginning. If printer
setting is changed after a certificate is obtained, Security warning is displayed
on the Web browser.

If the IP address of the printer is changed, the certificate becomes invalid. (Pay
certificates of certifying authorities may require some charge for reissuance.
For details, contact certifying authorities.)

7.5.4.4.2 The network card has been initialized.

If the network card is initialized (the factory default) while a creation process of a certificate
of a certifying authority is in progress (during a period from creation of a CSR to installation
of a certificate), the setting information of the certificate is deleted. The deleted information
cannot be recovered by any means. (Even when the same information as before is entered,
the same certificate cannot be created.)

Solution: Repeat all the steps from the beginning. (A certificate of which
issuance has been applied is already invalid.)

* An intermediate certificate is installed.

-> Refer to section 7.5.4.4.4 Install an intermediate certificate.

7.5.4.4.3 A CSR has been deleted.

If a CSR is deleted (if a certificate is deleted) while a creation process of a certificate of a
certifying authority is in progress (during a period from creation of a CSR to installation of a
certificate), the setting information of the certificate is deleted. The deleted information cannot
be recovered by any means. (Even when the same information as before is entered, the
same certificate cannot be created.)

Solution: Repeat all the steps from the beginning. (A certificate of which
issuance has been applied is already invalid.)

44951501TH Rev.2

7-68

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4.4.4 Install an intermediate Certificate.

Some certifying authorities perform installation of an SSL server certificate (a printer
certificate) and an intermediate certificate in printers.

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

3. After the Certificate Import Wizard appears, install a certificate by following the onscreen procedure. Select Automatically select the certificate store based on the
types of certificate, so that the certificate will be installed automatically.

However, since a printer of this model supports installation of only one certificate, an
intermediate certificate cannot be installed in the printer. Be sure to install an SSL server
certificate in the printer.
To install an intermediate certificate, install the intermediate certificate not in the printer, but in
a client PC (browser).
For the steps of installing an intermediate certificate in a client PC (browser), see the
followings.
Installing an intermediate certificate (or CA certificate) in a client PC (browser)
[Steps]
1. Double-click an intermediate certificate (or CA certificate) issued by a certifying
authority, on a client PC to view them.
E.g.: A C o m o d o in t e r m e d i a t e c e r t i f i c a t e i s in t h e t ex t ( PE M ) fo r m a t :
ComodoJapanCA.Crt or binary format: ComodoJapanCA.cer, and either format
is acceptable to open. (The same result can be obtained.)
Open either ComodoJapanCA.crt or ComodoJapanCA.cer.
2. On the General tab of the displayed Certificate information window, press the Install
Certificate button.

44951501TH Rev.2

7-69

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4.5 Other questions (C331/C531 only)

Other possible questions are described below.

7.5.4.5.1 Time required for creation of a certificate

It takes several tens of seconds to create a certificate.

7.5.4.5.2 Communication time when the encryption function is

enabled
When the encryption function is being used, communication time takes longer than usual.

7.5.4.5.3 Can encrypted printing be performed without IPP?

Answer: Encrypted printing is not available without IPP.

Encryption can be performed only in IPP printing.

7.5.4.5.6 The error message The security certificate was issued

by a company you have not chosen to trust. View the
certificate to determine whether you want to trust the
certifying authority is displayed.
When this error message appears, it means that the certificate installed in the printer is
self-signed certificate. Other possibilities are that the certificated installed in the printer is a
certificated of a certifying authority, and also either a CA certificate of the certifying authority
or an intermediate certificate has not been installed in the client PC.
If the certificate is a self-signed certificate, the error message (security warning) doesnt
appear after the self-signed certificate of the printer is installed in the client PC.
If the installed in the printer is a certificate of a certifying authority, the error message (security
warning) doesnt appear after the CA certificate or the intermediate certificate of the certifying
authority is installed in the client PC.

Solution: Install such certificates in the client PC (browser).

[Steps]

7.5.4.5.4 What will happen if SSL/TLS is set to OFF after a

certificate is created (or installed)?

Answer: A certificate will be remained saved as it is.

If SSL/TLS is set to ON again, the certificate becomes available.

1. Click the View Certificate button on the error (security warning) screen.

7.5.4.5.5 How to change the port number

nswer: The port number for SSL/TLS communication is fixed to 443.

It cannot be changed.

44951501TH Rev.2

7-70

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2. On the General tab of the displayed Certificate information window, press the Install
Certificate button.

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

3. After the Certificate Import Wizard appears, install a certificate by following the onscreen procedure. Select Automatically select the certificate store based on the
types of certificate, so that the certificate will be installed automatically.

7.5.4.5.7 The error message Name of security certificate is invalid

or does not match the site name is displayed.
It means that the printer IP address is different from the IP address that is described on a
certificate or from the IP address used when the certificate was created.

Solution: Change the printer IP address back to the IP address used when a
self-signed certificate was created or to the IP address used when a
CSR was created.

44951501TH Rev.2

7-71

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4.6

Restrictions when using Internet Explore 7

(C331/C531 only)

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Solution: The Web page is displayed by clicking Continue browsing this site (not
recommended) on the warning screen.

It doesnt affect the Web page functions, and the Web page can be
used for browsing or changing printer settings with no problems.

Several restrictions are imposed when Internet Explore 7 is used. This is because security
restrictions of IE7 have become more severe then ever.

7.5.4.6.1 Warning indication when SSL is enabled for self-signed

certificates
If SSL is enabled for self-signed certificates, the window shown below appears in an attempt
to access the Web page, and the Web page will not be displayed.

Web page displayed after Continue browsing this site (not recommended) is clicked

Web display when SSL is enabled for self-signed certificates

44951501TH Rev.2

7-72

7. TROUBLESHOOTING

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.6 Fuse check

If any of the following errors occurs, check relevant fuses on the CU control board, the PU
control board and the high-voltage power supply board.
C531/C331/C321 Fuse Errors
Fuse Name

CU/PU board
(CLQ-2/-1
board)

Error Description

Insert Point

C511/C301 Fuse Errors

Resistance

Fuse Name

Error Description

Insert Point

F2

Service call 128

Error 08

Front fan, hopping motor,

registration clutch, hopping clutch,
MPT clutch, Duplex clutch

F2

Service call 128

Error 08

Front fan, hopping motor,

registration clutch, hopping clutch,
MPT clutch, Duplex clutch

F4

Service call 122

Rear fan, hopping motor,

registration clutch, hipping clutch,
MPT clutch, Duplex clutch

F4

Service call 122

Rear fan, hopping motor,

registration clutch, hipping clutch,
MPT clutch, Duplex clutch

F6

Cover open

High-voltage board, ID fan, belt

motor

F5

Cover open

High-voltage board, ID fan, belt

motor

F3

Service call 121

The operator panel
backlight blackout

PU 5V

F3

Service call 121

The operator panel
backlight blackout

PU 5V

F5

No display on the
operator panel

CU/PU 3.3V

F7

No display on the
operator panel

CU/PU 3.3V

Service call 131 to

134
Blank page printing

LED head 5V

F6

Service call 131 to

134
Blank page printing

LED head 5V

Service call 121

High-voltage board 24V

Service call 121

High-voltage board 24V

F501

High-voltage F501
board (ORZ
board)

44951501TH Rev.2

1 or
less

CU/PU board
(SOP-2/-1
board)

High-voltage F501
board (ORZ
board)

Resistance

1 or
less

7-73

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
8.1 Resistance value checking ...........................................................8-2
8.2 Layout of parts ..............................................................................8-5
8.3 Firmware revision numbers ........................................................8-19

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

8.1 Resistance value checking

Unit

Circuit diagram and composition

Part drawing

Resistance value

M
Transport belt motor

Between pins 1 and 2: 3.4

Between pins 3 and 4: 3.4

3
4

Both ends of IP2: 1

ID motor

or less

IP2

44951501TH Rev.2

8-2

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Unit

Circuit diagram and composition

Part drawing

Resistance value

Both ends of IP1: 1

Fuser motor

or less

IP1

M
2

Between pins 1 and 2: 3.4

Between pins 3 and 4: 3.4

Feed motor

3
4

M
2nd feed motor

Between pins 1 and 2: 3.4

Between pins 3 and 4: 3.4

3
4

44951501TH Rev.2

8-3

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Unit

Circuit diagram and composition

Part drawing

Upper roller heater #1

Between pins 1 and 2: Several ohms to several tens of ohms

Between pins 3 and 4: Several ohms to several tens of ohms

Upper roller heater #2

Between pins A1 and A2: Approx. 590 k to 5338 k (0 to 93C)

3
1

Resistance value

Between pins B1 and B2: Approx. 104.5 k to 806.5 k (0 to 43C)

Thermostat

Between pins A3 and A4: Approx. 104.5 k to 806.5 k (0 to 43C)

Between pins B3 and B4: Open

A5 blank NC
Upper thermistor

A1
Fuser unit

A2
Lower thermistor
B1
B2
Frame thermistor
A3
A4

B1 2 3 4

A5 4 3 2 1

B3
B4

44951501TH Rev.2

Fuse

8-4

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

8.2 Layout of parts

(1) Print engine controller PCB (CU/PU PCB)
C531
Component side
CHEAD

CP6
4

15

AP

IC18

C95
C88

C102

20

10

AP

RM17

34

R261

F6

R121
R120

CLQ

C63

RM21

Q5

3
FAN

D1

2
SHS

Q7

IL

24

DHV

16

SSNS

12
7

8
1
1

RM2

RM3

38
37

144

40
39

LAN

1
A

RM1

1
RM4

C28

C25
C24

R35
R378

1
A

R33

8
7

2
1
D3

R24

Q6

FUSER
5

Q4

D13

EXIT

C27
C109

R18

IC5

R30
R31

C40

16

44951501TH Rev.2

BELT
4

A
9

C26
R32

DUC

DCHEAT

Q26

R6

POWER

IC4

13
8

SDCARD

10

R263

20

C41

34

IC10

R302

24

R107
R108
R109
R110
R111
R112

24 1

RM7

CP2
CP1

F2

F3
8

21
C39

F4
R47
R43

USB1

K
R116

R125
R126

R153
R150

FLCS1

IC15

R115

BF1

C137

1
4

C136
C135

44853499
2 2

2
3

25

AA

448562

R134
R129

R172
R162
R499

25

48

48

21
HOC

IDC

21

2ND

C46
R46
R42

USB2

16

C85

9 8 6

C201

R56
R54

KHEAD
24

24

24

MHEAD

24
1

22
50 47 46 38 37 28 23
29
42

R117

IC13

R140
R139

IC11

9
21
REC

1
3

YHEAD

C103

C73
R210 R254
R211
R212
R218
R219

Q24
C68

R198
R201
R202
R164
R165
R166

C200

IC17

Q22

DCID

CP4

Board-CLQ

10

R195

HPSNS
6

DNS

R154

R124
C110
R113
R114
C64
R105

21

MPC

DUPR
1

1
HOP

RGSNS

R209

R232

R208

12

MFAN

INTH
1 2

R204
R205
R206

R174
R175
R176

DTNR

R253

OPE

143

3
DIMM

8-5

C501
R786

IC501

44951501TH Rev.2
44853499
2
2
Q507 Q506

C580

Q505 Q504
C502

C533
D502

12
R582

RM519

C675
C656

R662

Q503

D510

D511

Q517

D513

D512

R641

Q516

R510
R509

R548

R571

RM511

Q515
R610

C657
C658

C583

R647

R649
C690

R779
R570

R613
R611

D508

F501

C726

R777
R778

Q518
R733
C721

C727

R753

D509

R512
R511

C571

R612
C584
R605

R651

C692

C693

R744
R743
R742
R741

R749
R748
R747
R746
R745

C713
C705
C704

13

R513

C570
C557

Q513
C575
R574

R607

R572

C581

R573

C582
R590
R589

R652

RM520

R514

R635

RM521

R506

C573
C572

R631
R630

R653

R730
C698
R729
R728
R727
R726
C697
C696
C695
C694

C714

Q519

R507

C544

C730

C659

R628

IC507

R654

C691

C731

C687

TEST516
TEST518

C686

C689

C684
C732
R704

34 35 43 44
32 40 41

21 252631

C561
C560
C559
C558

C606
R617 C646
R616
IC508

C622

R800
R643
R642

C562

R608

RM518

C612 C748
19

R515

9
C634
C621

49

R508
C505

R553
R552

R578
R577

RM516

C620

C712
R785

C631
R633
C630
18

4 5

R516

8
C632
R632

C685
11 12

R502

C509
R518
C508
R517

1
R618
R619

C512
C511

17
16
5

R527
R526

Q514
10

C532

24
25
7

R560

14
R588
R587

C613

C514
C513
R529

32
1

C534

4
RM501

9
R623
R622
R609

R531
R530

C729

Q512

C733
R802

IC510 IC509

C516
C515

IC502

C711

C728
R567
R566
R579
C579
C578
C577
C576

R580

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Soldering side

R793

R604

R620

IC506

D507 D506 D505

R549

Q521

R501

8-6

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

C321/C331

Component side

CHEAD

AP

IC18

CP6

C95
C88

15

16

C85

9 8 6

23

C102

20

10

AP

RM17

34

R261

F6

R121
R120

CLQ

C63

RM21

Q4

Q5

3
FAN

D1

2
SHS

IL

RM1

1
1

24

DHV

16

SSNS

1
A

R
RM2

LAN

1
RM4

RM3

38
37

8
2

1
4

C28

C25
C24

Q7

1
A

R35
R378

8
7

2
1
D3

R24

Q6

FUSER
5

R33

D13

EXIT

IC5

C27
C109

R18

A
9

R30
R31

C40

16

44951501TH Rev.2

BELT
4

R
9

C26
R32

DUC

DCHEAT

R6

POWER

IC4

A
9

Q26

13
8

10

R263

20

C41

34

IC10

R302

24

R107
R108
R109
R110
R111
R112

24 1

RM7

CP2
CP1

F2

F3
8

21
C39

F4
R47
R43

USB1

K
R116

R125
R126

R153
R150

FLCS1

IC15

R115

BF1

C137

1
4

C136
C135

44853499
2 2

2
3

25

AA

448562

R134
R129

R172
R162
R499

25

48

48

21
HOC

IDC

21

2ND

C46
R46
R42

USB2

50 47 46 38 37 28
29
42

C201

R56
R54

KHEAD
24

24

24

MHEAD

24
1

22

R117

IC13

R140
R139

IC11

9
21
REC

1
3

YHEAD

C103

C73
R210 R254
R211
R212
R218
R219

Q24
C68

R198
R201
R202
R164
R165
R166

C200

IC17

Q22

DCID

CP4

Board-CLQ

10

R195

HPSNS
6

DNS

R154

R124
C110
R113
R114
C64
R105

21

MPC

DUPR
1

1
HOP

RGSNS

R209

R232

R208

12

MFAN

INTH
1 2

R204
R205
R206

R174
R175
R176

DTNR

R253

OPE

144

40
39

143

3
DIMM

8-7

C501
R786

IC501

44951501TH Rev.2
44853499
2
2
Q507 Q506
Q505 Q504

R582

C580

C502

C533
D502

12
R571

RM511

RM519

R610

Q515

C583

C675
C656

R662

Q503

D510

D511

Q517

D513

D512

R641

C657
C658

R779
R570

R647

Q516

R510
R509

R548
C557

R613
R611

D508

C727

R753

C726

R777
R778

Q518
R733
C721

R744
R743
R742
R741

R749
R748
R747
R746
R745

D509

R512
R511

C571

R612
C584
R605

R651

C692

C693

C714

F501

13

R513

C570

R649
C690

R514

Q513
C575
R574

R607

R572

C582
R590
R589

C581

R573

C573
C572

R652

RM520

R506

R635

RM521

R507

R631
R630

R653

R730
C698
R729
R728
R727
R726
C697
C696
C695
C694

34 35 43 44
32 40 41

21 252631

R515

C544

C730

C659

R628

IC507

R654

C691

C731

C687

TEST516
TEST518

C686

C689

C684
C732
R704

19
Q519

C561
C560
C559
C558

C606
R617 C646
R616
IC508

C622

C612 C748
R800
R643
R642

C562

R608

C634
C621

49

R508
C505

9
RM518

C631
R633
C630
18

4 5

R516

R553
R552

R578
R577

RM516

C620

C712
R785

C632
R632

C685
11 12

R502

C509
R518
C508
R517

8
R618
R619

C512
C511

1
5

R527
R526

17
16
10

C532

24
25
7

R560

14
R588
R587

C613

C514
C513
R529

32
1

C534

4
RM501

9
R623
R622
R609

R531
R530

C729

C728
R567
R566

C733
R802

IC510 IC509

C516
C515

IC502

C711

C713
C705
C704

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Soldering side

R793

R604

R620

D507 D506 D505

R549

IC506

Q521

R501

8-8

R1

1
POWER

44951501TH Rev.2
Q1
Q2
Q3

16
1
Q4

8
1

Q5

FAN
R12

1
4

D3

D1
Q6

SHS
1
5

R13

1
IL
24

2
1
8
7

4
DHV
LAN

IC4

16
1

SSNS

Q7

1
3

SP

448691
1
9

IC7

A
9

R339
R130

R359
C116

2
3

R173
R174
R175
R176

R169
R170
R171
R172

R165
R166
R167
R168

A
1
C46

1
4

BF4
USB1

R148

SOP

R155
R156

R153
R154

R151
R152

R161
R162
R163
R164 1

AF
26

C403
C402
C401

C400

24

24

24

24

F6

KHEAD

2 2
44862399

R340

R334
R335
R336
R337
R338

C49

R344

R149
R150

R145

12

R95
R342
R343

20

CHEAD

R41

10

CP8
MHEAD

D5

R302
R303

YHEAD

C34

AF

26

R301
C86
R272
R273
R274
R287
R288

R247
R248
R249

R300

10

R39

C30

Q24

20

D14

IC15

R233
R239
R240

D13

R46

10

R129
R125

R143

OSC1

R201
R202
R203

R194
R195
R196

IC14

1
HOP
C110

R94

DNS

C61

R112

R113

CP6

Board-SOP

R136
R138
R141
R135

C69

Q14

IC11

1
R263

R265

DCHEAT

Q23

Q13

C54
R124
R118
R111
C51
R99

IC10

DCID

R299

DUPR

C27

F5
R84
R85
R86
R87

RGSNS

12
1

IC9

R100

21
REC

HPSNS

1
INTH
1 2

L2

C111

21
HOC

21

MPC

1 4

IC3

CP5

DUC

C18

21

3 1

MFAN

DTNR

R11
C9
R7

C17

R29
R27

C15

F4

21

IDC

OPE

R2
R3

F3
CP3
R10

C31
R28
R26

F2

1
R40
R37

R6

2ND

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

C511
Component side
C96

C87

C97

R146

R92
R77
C47

R38

D4

C1

C2

8-9

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

R662
R669

C524

D801
D802

R606

R564

R565
R554
R553

C535
C534
C533
C532

R557
R556

C530

C531

R546

R545

D507

Q507 Q506

44951501TH Rev.2

44862399

Q505 Q504

Q503

R518
R517

R520
R519

R523

R524

R504

R505

R508
R507
R506
C503

R509

C515
C514

C639

C834
C831

C627

R533
R531

C518
C517

C536

C537
R924

D504 D503 D502

R558

C547

IC502

C501

R674

R675

D800
R586

C633

RM504

R616

R607
C558
R574

C559

R671

C555

C556
C554

C523
C522

C548

C549

R915
R910
R923

C539

R918
9

C545

C538

R917

IC503
16

25
32
1

R608
C569

Q514

R597
R596

C630
R591

R590

R672

R573

R578

R582

IC505
R598

17

R617

Q515

RM502

C557
24

R615

C638
R619

D803

R640

C611
C609

R651

Q800

Q518

R655

R813

Q516

R647
R646
R645

R623

R628
R624

R654
C614

R681
C624

C644
R668

R659
R656

RM506

RM507

RM508

C613

RM509

R657

C634

Q517 Q519

C619
C615

R658

C620
C616
C635

D506

C621
C617
C636

D505

C622
C618
C637

R665
R664
C623

C626

R663

Soldering side

R501

8-10

R1

1
POWER

44951501TH Rev.2
Q1
Q2
Q3

16
1
Q4

8
1

Q5

FAN
R12

1
4

D3

D1
Q6

SHS
1
5

R13

1
IL
24

2
1
8
7

4
DHV
LAN

IC4

16
1

SSNS

Q7

1
3

SP

448691
1
9

IC7

A
9

R339
R130

BF2
BF3

A
1
C46

R359
C116

1
4

BF4
USB1

R148

2
3

R173
R174
R175
R176

R169
R170
R171
R172

R165
R166
R167
R168

26

C75

C97

SOP

R155
R156

R153
R154

R151
R152

R161
R162
R163
R164 1

AF

R311

R310

C403
C402
C401

C400

24

24

24

24

F6

KHEAD

2 2
44862399

R340

R334
R335
R336
R337
R338

C49

R344

R149
R150

R145

12

R95
R342
R343

20

CP8
CHEAD

D5

10

MHEAD

R41

R302
R303

YHEAD

C34

AF

26

R301
C86
R272
R273
R274
R287
R288

R247
R248
R249

R300

10

R39

C30

Q24

20

D14

IC15

R233
R239
R240

D13

R46

10

R129
R125
R143

OSC1

R201
R202
R203

R194
R195
R196

IC14

1
HOP
C110

R94

DNS

C61

R112

R113

CP6

Board-SOP

R136
R138
R141
R135

DCHEAT
C69

Q14

IC11

1
R263

R265

1
Q23

Q13

C54
R124
R118
R111
C51
R99

IC10

DCID

R299

DUPR

C27

F5
R84
R85
R86
R87

RGSNS

12
1

IC9

R100

21
REC

HPSNS

1
INTH
1 2

L2

C111

21
HOC

21

MPC

1 4

IC3

CP5

DUC

C18

21

3 1

MFAN

DTNR

R11
C9
R7

C17

R29
R27

C15

F4

21

IDC

OPE

R2
R3

F3
CP3
R10

C31
R28
R26

F2

1
R40
R37

R6

2ND

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

C301
Component side

C96

C87

R146

R92
R77
C47

R38

D4

C1

C2

8-11

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

R662
R669

R606

RM504

C633

C558
R574

C559

R586

Q514

R565

C531

R546

R545

D507

Q507 Q506

44951501TH Rev.2

44862399

Q505 Q504

Q503

R518
R517

R520
R519

R523

R524

R504

R505

R508
R507
R506
C503

R509

C515
C514

C834
C831

C639

IC502

C627

C524

R554
R553

R557
R556

C530

C523
C522

C536
R533
R531

R924

D504 D503 D502

R558
C535
C534
C533
C532

C547
C544
C537

R564

R671

C555

C556
C554

C518
C517

R915
R910
R923

C548

C549
R918

C539

16

C545

C538

R573

R917

IC503
9

C501

R674

R675

D801
D802

R615

R616
R608
C569

R607

R672
R597
R596

C630

IC505

R590

R591
C557

R617

Q515

R598

17

D800

R640

R651

C638

D803

R813

C611
C609

RM502

R578

R582

Q800

Q518

R655

R619

25
32
1

Q516

R647
R646
R645

R623

C596

R624

R628

24

R654
C614

R681
C624

C644
R668

R659
R656

RM506

RM507

RM508

C613

RM509

R657

C634

Q517 Q519

C619
C615

R658

C620
C616
C635

D506

C621
C617
C636

D505

C622
C618
C637

R665
R664
C623

C626

R663

Soldering side

R501

8-12

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(2) Second tray control PCB

Component side

Soldering side

MAIN1

D510

13

R578

J20

J8

J21

R534

R557
C519 R556
TR502 C518 R555

J25

PSZ

R560

CL2

R530

D508

C502

R546
R545
C520

R565 R564

R505

J507

F501

D509

C515
J511
C523

R526

J512
R549

R562

R514 R515

R548
R547
J510

J513
R551
C522

J509

R518 D507

D505 D506

C509

R520

D504

IC503

R527

J506

C514

R504

J518

D503 R507
D502

C503

C506
C505

R502

IC501

R508

J29

J27
MOTOR

R566
C508

J30
CP1

16

R533
R532

R524
R522
R521

R567

17
CPU

J504

R510
R509

J33

C2

J34

32

48

C504
J505

J32

J31

C1
4

33

J514

J502

J35

J520

49

C517 R554
C516 R553
R552

J19
J10

J5

J15
J16

R511

R558

Q502

OSC
J7

D2

C532
R576

64

J6

J28

R559

J503
R506

J18

J1

R501

J516

R568

J521 R571
R516 R519
J519

SNS12

J12
J13

R575

J24
6

J17

J4

J522 R572
R517
R574
R573

R569

J3
J26
J2

IC502

SNS03

MAIN2

R542
R541
R544
R543

C535

J524
J523
R580 R579
C534 C533
R577

CP2

14

FET501

J11
J9

44951501TH Rev.2

FET502

1
CL1

8-13

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Control panel PCB

(4) Toner sensor PCB

LED4

LED3

1
1

1
2

LED1

CN3

11
12

R518
R517

CN4

CN1
SW4

2
1

SW2

SW3

SW1

R938
R532
R940

LED2

LED2

YTPR
C

CN2

R516
R515

12
11

LED3

R941
R937

R514

SSNS

JP10

LED1

SW7

SW6

SW5

R513
R951

R935

R936

R931

16

R934

R930
R549
C514

R926 R928

R925

R929

R950
E
M TPR

LED4

R539

R530
R529

FG501

R948
R918

JP7

R776

R927

R511
R949

JP6

R508

R550

R924
R512

IC501

Q505

R923
LED5

R922

R510
R509

R777

R921
R919

R795

JP9

JP5

R547

C510

R920
R931

R917
Q503
R916

R551
Q504
R552
Q505

R796
R762

CTPR
C

R915
R538
R537
R536
R535
R914
R913

R508

LED6

JP1

R947

R507

R946
R534
C509

E
C

R912
R911

R910

SNS2

C505
R528

R909
LED7

R542

R506
R505
R908
R907

R942

R532

IC502

R541
R540
R906

JP3

R905
R504
R503
R904
R903
E

R520

R502

LED8

R501

JP2

R811

C501

IDFUSE

R957
R953
R952

R955
FUCUT
(+)

C502

IC501

R944
R943

Q502
FUCUT_PWR
DK

R901

GK

CSNS
1

R902
R527
R526
R956

R524
R523
R522
R521
R520

SNS1

44951501TH Rev.2

IDFUSE
(-)

R531
R555R730
R516
R802
R806
R755
R753
R805
R810
R726
R552
R754
R804
R817
R813
C510
R809R723
C502
C513
R710 R757
C513
R816 R815
R551
R708
R808 R766
R801
C501
R751
R807R738R744
R749
R505 R814
R737
R803 C511 R525
R812
R728
R504
R526 Q504
R554 R514R714
R510
R750R524
R556 R713
R763
R702
Q503
R509
R519R523
R701
R742
R527
R718
R503 R706
R522
R513
R528
R521
R553
R506
C506
R721
C505
C507
R734
R720
R704
R719 R727R733R512
R533
C508
R733
R741
Q506Q507
R511
R739R740

KTPR

R507
R502
C504 R501R820
C503R736R705
R819 R818

R548
D501

Q501
R954

TH501

R945
R525

R533
FG

8-14

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(5) Waste toner sensor PCB
A
K

C
E

44711699 2
2

(7) Soft Power SW

FGZA2
CN1

SNS

R501

44711699 2 2

P6A

LED501

SW501

(6) Color adjustment sensor PCB

A
K

C
E

1 CN1 5

SNS

44951501TH Rev.2

8-15

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(8) High-voltage power supply PCB

JP104

5
D14

C4

4 Q7

JP91

C3

JP70
JP61

JP86

JP27

JP80

T6

D12

C5

D11

JP90

5
CP4

T5

JP72
4
Q6

D1

1
6

C1

JP62

Q2

Q8

C17

C8

C16
C17
C18
C13
C14
D10

JP84

JP89

JP63
JP71
JP79

D8

C15
C16

D22

D21

C23
C24
C1
C3

C2
C4

D19
JP83

T7

C7

DHV1

JP6

JP7

T1

1
JP46
CP2
JP28

JP27

JP49

JP45

JP50

JP43

24
T2

D2
6

JP17

JP16

JP15
JP9

JP33
JP52

44951501TH Rev.2

JP53
2
1

T3

JP103

D13

JP85

JP44
JP36
JP26
JP37

JP22
JP31

JP32

JP1

JP13
JP3

JP108

JP19
JP20
JP21

JP30

T4

JP54
JP48

JP14

JP29
JP12

JP8

JP38

CP1

JP40

JP59
JP56

JP68
JP69
JP4
JP41

JP39

D3

JP35

D9

JP23
JP24
JP25

JP102
JP99

Q5

JP109
JP34

Q1

JP58

D20

D24

C21
C22
D6

JP78
JP67

JP65

CP5

JP82

C15

JP98

JP97

JP88

Q4

JP5

D7

JP47

JP51

JP57

JP60

JP73
JP74

C14

JP96

JP66

JP64

D5
JP81

D4

JP87

CH-K
SB-K

DB-K

C13

JP101

C7
C8

C5
C6
JP95

JP93

Q3

D18

D17

C19
C20
C9
C10

C11
C12

D16

JP100

C12

JP107

CH-C
SB-C

DB-C

C11

JP94

JP77

JP75

JP92

JP76

D15

D23

C10

JP106

CH-M
SB-M

DB-M

SB-Y

DB-Y

JP55

JP105
CH-Y

C9

JP18
JP11
JP10

8-16

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(9) Low-voltage power supply PCB

(10) ID unit

10

ID unit (for consumables)

Contact point

16

J5

3 1
1
1 J4

J3

Fuse

Toner-low sensor PCB (PRZ PCB)

ID unit

J2

3
J1

44951501TH Rev.2

Contact point

8-17

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(11) Transfer belt unit

Transfer belt unit (for consumables)

Contact point

Fuse

Relay PCB

Contact point

Transfer belt unit

Fuse

44951501TH Rev.2

8-18

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

8.3 Firmware revision numbers

8.3.1 ROM control numbers
C511/C301

C531/C331/C321
ROM-FD
revision no.
01

02

ROM-FD
drawing no.

Firmware
revision no.

CU FW:A7.00
44552903FY01 NICFW:01.01(01.00)
PU FW:00.04.08
CU FW:A7.00
44552903FY01 NICFW:01.01(01.00)
PU FW:00.04.09

Date of issue

Notes

2012-01-31

CheckSum:
F09B751B

2012-02-13

CheckSum:
EFD9CD9E

Number of white
NIC
CU
ROMWeb
PU F/W
dots marked on
F/W
F/W
FD
Page
revision
FLASH MEMORY
revision
revision revision
Version
no.
ID
no.
no.
no.
01

B7.00

00.01.08

01.01

01.00

Date of
issue

Notes

2012-02-01

CheckSum:
4C310CC9

2012-02-13

CheckSum:
4C311D78

01

02

B7.00

00.01.09

01.01

01.00
02

44951501TH Rev.2

8-19

8. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

8.3.2 Checking and indication of the revision number

8.3.3 Stamp of maintenance board indication

(1) Print out MenuMap and check to make sure that the firmware revision number has
been updated.

A designated article number is stamped in the area for maintenance board indication on the
CU board in accordance with the table below.

(2) According to the revision number of the downloaded firmware, fill in the box(s) of an
ROM label attached to the position shown in the picture below.

C531/C331/C321
A designated article number is stamped in the area for maintenance board
indication on the CU/PU board (CLQ) in accordance with the 44856201YA.

Position of the revision number label

Designated
stamping
location

2 3

4 5

6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Details of the revision number label

44951501TH Rev.2

Sample 1 Revision 1

C511/C301

A designated article number is stamped in the area for maintenance board

indication on the CU/PU board (SOP) in accordance with the 44869101YA.

Sample 2 Revision 4

Designated
stamping
location

8-20